Transcript
Page 1: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District

Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 Davenport, Iowa Davenport Community School District

1702 N. Main St.,

Davenport, IA 52803

PROJECT MANUAL July 22, 2019

DE PROJECT # 19035

IOWA 8801 Prairie View Lane SW, Suite 200

Cedar Rapids, IA 52404-4850

319.841.1944

WISCONSIN 437 S. Yellowstone Drive, Suite 110

Madison, WI 53719-1042

608.424.8815

[email protected]

Page 2: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 3: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

PROJECT MANUAL

Davenport Community School District

Network Rewire Phase 3 2019

Davenport, Iowa

PRE-BID CONFERCE: 2:00 p.m., Central Time, August 1, 2019

ASC – Conference Room 313, 1702 N. Main St.,

Davenport, IA 52803

BIDS DUE: 2:00 p.m., Central Time, August 19, 2019

ASC – Conference Room 313, 1702 N. Main St.,

Davenport, IA 52803

DESIGN PROFESSIONAL: Design Engineers, P.C.

8801 Prairie View Lane SW, Ste. 200 Cedar Rapids, IA 52404

Tel 319.841.1944

DE Project No.19035 July 22, 2019

Page 4: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 5: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TABLE OF CONTENTS

00 0001-1

SECTION 00 0001 - TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS

00 0001 Table of Contents 2

00 0020 List of Drawings 2

00 0030 Advertisement for Bids 8

00 0300 Bid Form 2

00 0400 Bid Bond 2

00 0500 Agreement 2

00 0700 General and Supplementary Conditions 30

00 6113 Bonds and Certificates 2

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 1000 Summary of Work 4

01 2200 Unit Prices 2

01 2300 Alternates 2

01 2600 Contract Modification Procedures 2

01 2900 Payment Procedures 2

01 3100 Project Management and Coordination 8

01 3200 Construction Progress Documentation 4

01 3300 Submittal Procedures 6

01 4000 Quality Requirements 6

01 4200 References 16

01 6000 Product Requirements 6

01 7300 Execution 6

01 7329 Cutting and Patching 4

01 7700 Closeout Procedures 4

DIVISION 05 - METALS

05 5000 Metal Fabrication 4

DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL

26 0010 Electrical General Provisions 8

26 0519 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 4

26 0526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 2

26 0529 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 4

26 0533 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems 6

26 0553 Identification for Electrical Systems 2

26 2726 Wiring Devices 4

Page 6: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TABLE OF CONTENTS

00 0001-2

DIVISION 27 - TELECOMMUNICATIONS

27 0010 Telecommunications General Provisions 12

27 1000 Telecommunications Grounding and Bonding 4

27 1100 Telecommunications Cabling and Equipment 10

27 1200 Telecommunications Testing and Documentation 4

27 5000 Intercom System 2

END OF SECTION 00 0001

Page 7: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

LIST OF DRAWINGS 00 0020-1

SECTION 00 0020 – LIST OF DRAWINGS

General

G100 COVER SHEET Architectural

A101 ARCHITECTURAL ENLARGE VIEW – SMART INTERMEDIATE Telecommunications

TD100 TELECOM DEMOLITION PLAN - JEFFERSON ELEMENTARY– LOWER LEVEL TD101 TELECOM DEMOLITION PLAN - JEFFERSON ELEMENTARY – LEVELS ONE AND TWO TD110 TELECOM DEMOLITION PLAN - SMART INTERMDIATE – LEVEL ONE TD111 TELECOM DEMOLITION PLAN - SMART INTERMDIATE – LEVEL TWO TD112 TELECOM DEMOLITION PLAN - SMART INTERMDIATE – LEVEL THREE T100 TELECOM PLAN - JEFFERSON ELEMENTARY– LOWER LEVEL T101 TELECOM PLAN - JEFFERSON ELEMENTARY– LEVELS ONE AND TWO T110 TELECOM PLAN – SMART INTERMEDIATE – LEVEL ONE T111 TELECOM PLAN – SMART INTERMEDIATE – LEVEL TWO T112 TELECOM PLAN – SMART INTERMEDIATE – LEVEL THREE T400 TELECOM ENLARGE VIEWS – JEFFERSON ELEMENTARY T401 TELECOM ENLARGE VIEWS – SMART INTERMEDIATE T500 TELECOM SCHEMATICS AND DETAILS T501 TELECOM SCHEMATICS AND DETAILS T502 TELECOM SCHMEATICS AND DETAILS T503 TELECOM SCHEDULES AND DETAILS

END OF SECTION 00 0020

Page 8: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 9: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

1

DAVENPORT COMMUNITY SCHOOL DISTRICT

1702 N. MAIN ST.

DAVENPORT, IOWA 52803

BID NUMBER 806

REQUEST FOR BID

The Davenport Community School District (“District”) invites written sealed bids for “Network Refresh – Phase

III”. The bid shall be submitted in accordance with the Provisions, Specifications, General Instructions, Request for

Bid and Conditions of Purchase. Bids will be received by the Director of LIS, at the Davenport School District, JB

Young Opportunity Center, located on the 3rd floor at 1702 N. Main St, Davenport, Iowa 52803.

PROJECT –

Network Refresh – Phase II To include the following locations:

Smart Intermediate – 1934 W. 5th St., Davenport, IA 52802

Jefferson Elementary – 1027 N. Marquette St., Davenport, IA 52804

RELEASE DATE: July 25, 2019

Davenport Community School District will release all plans and specifications.

PRE-BID CONFERENCE: August 1, 2019 @ 2:00 p.m.

A pre-bid conference will be held at ASC – Conference Room 313, at 1702 N. Main St., Davenport, IA 52803, to

discuss objectives and answer questions relating to this invitation to bid. Bidders’ attendance is not required but

strongly encouraged.

BIDS RECEIVED: August 8, 2019 – 2:00 p.m..

A bid opening will be held at ASC – Conference Room 313, at 1702 N. Main St., Davenport, IA 52803. Bids must

arrive on or before the published bid opening time. Upon designated bid opening time, all bids will be opened and

read aloud. Bids must be submitted on the enclosed bid form. Bids must be submitted in a sealed envelope clearly

marked “Network Refresh – Phase III”. Faxed or Emailed bids will not be accepted. Late bids will be returned

unopened.

AWARD OF CONTRACT: August 12, 2019

A contract shall be awarded by the Board of Directors at their regularly scheduled board meetings. Meetings shall be

held at the Achievement Service Center, 1606 Brady Street, Davenport Iowa 52803 at 6:00 p.m. local time. The Board

of Directors reserve the right to reject any or all bids, or any part thereof, and to waive irregularities, as allowed by

law, and to enter into such a contract or contracts that are deemed to be in the best interests of the School District. The

decision to award the Contract shall be final.

START OF CONSTRUCTION: August 19th, 2019

COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION: October 31, 2019

The District requires the work to be substantially complete prior to the date above and finally complete on November

30, 2018.

Page 10: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

2

INTENT:

It is the intent of this Invitation for Bid to establish a firm fixed price contract with a contractor for Network Refresh

– Phase III in accordance with the Plans, Specifications and Project Manual if any.

BASIS OF AWARD:

It is the intent of the District to award a contract to the lowest responsive, responsible bidder, provided the apparent

low bid has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the bidding documents and is determined to be

compliant with all bidding requirements, taking into consideration allowable factors which may include, but are not

limited to price, quality, delivery, ability, past work history, and any other factors the District determines to be relevant.

SCOPE:

Furnish all labor, materials, tools equipment, and supervision to complete said project.

TERMS:

The term of this contract will be for a one (1)-time purchase beginning August 19, 2019 and ending October 31, 2019.

PRICE:

The price will be a firm/fixed priced contract unless; the School District makes changes in writing by altering, adding

to or deducting from the work. The contract sum will then be adjusted according.

BIDDER QUALIFICATIONS:

Before the award of contract, the apparent low bidder may be required to show that they have the necessary experience,

facilities, ability and financial resources to perform the work in a satisfactory manner and within the time stipulated.

Note: You must be registered with the State of Iowa and have an Iowa Contractor’s Registration number and be

acceptable to the District, Code of Iowa 91C

MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID:

A bidder may modify or withdraw its bid in person by his/her representative provided proper identification is presented

before the official closing date and time.

No bid may be withdrawn for a period of forty - five (45) calendar days after the opening thereof under penalty of

forfeiture of bond unless the District determines it to be in the best interest of the District.

INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:

Any person contemplating, submitting a bid on this project and is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the

drawings, specifications, or other proposed construction documents, shall submit to the District in writing a request

for an interpretation. Request should be received not less than seven (7) calendar days before the bid date. The person

submitting a request will be responsible for its prompt delivery. Clarification to the bid documents will be issued in

writing and returned to the person in a timely manner. Should the bid document require revisions it will be sent to all

bidders of record using a written addendum. See Addendum.

RESERVED RIGHTS OF THE SCHOOL DISTRICT: Rejection of bids:

The Board of Directors may make the contract award to the lowest responsive, responsible bidder based on based bid

and selected alternates and in conformance to the Bid Documents prepared by Project Architect. The right is reserved

to reject any or all bids, or any part thereof, and to waive information as allowed by law, and to enter into such contract

or contracts as shall be deemed in the best interests of the District.

All bids submitted for evaluation become the property of the School District and shall be public records subject to

disclosure. Bidder shall be informed in writing of the District’s award.

Any bid may be rejected outright and not evaluated for any one of the following reasons:

• Failure to deliver the bid by the prescribed time on the due date.

Page 11: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

3

• Failure to include the required response form (s) signed by an officer of the company submitting the bid.

• Failure to include any documents called for in the specifications.

• Failure to follow the bid form instruction as specified herein.

The District shall be obligated only for those services rendered and accepted before the date of notice of termination,

less any damages that may be assessed for non-performance.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of the contract, if funds anticipated for the continued fulfillment of this contract

are at any time not forthcoming or insufficient, either through the failure of the State or the District to appropriate

funds or through discontinuance of material alteration of the program for which funds were provided, the District shall

have the right to terminate this contract without penalty by giving not less than thirty days written notice to the

contractor.

NO DAMAGE FOR DELAY:

The District will not be responsible for any delays in projects due to unforeseen conditions or circumstances.

PAYMENT TERMS:

The District will make progress payments as outlined in the contract and make final payment after final acceptance of

work in accordance with Iowa law.

INVOICING:

All invoices received for payment must be approved by the Board of Directors for the District at their regularly

scheduled meetings. Payments will not be made outside of the District’s normal payment cycle.

TAXES:

Contractors in submitting a bid DO NOT include Iowa taxes due. Tax exemption certificates will be furnished to the

successful contractor and sub-contractors. A copy of this document must be presented to your supplier(s) prior to

purchasing your materials.

Tax exemption certificates will be issued by the District one time only. It is the responsibility of the general contractor

or Construction Manager to submit a list of all sub-contractors requiring tax exemption certificates to the District

project manager for review. All certificates will be sent to the general contractor or Construction Manager. It will be

the responsibility of the general contractor or Construction Manager to record and distribute the certificates to his/her

subcontractors.

Code of Iowa states it is illegal for a contractor/sub-contractor to use or allow another contractor to use the certificate

issued by the Davenport Community School District on another project

Complete information on qualifying materials can be found on the Department of Revenue website.

www.state.ia.us/tax.

Out of state taxes need to be included on purchases of materials and/or services made out of the State of Iowa.

LIEN WAIVERS/IOWA CODE CHAPTER 573 CLAIM RELEASES:

Contractors must include all final lien waivers and/or Iowa Code Chapter 573 claim releases when submitting your

final pay application. Final payment application submitted without Final Lien Waiver attached will be returned to

contractor.

NOTICE TO BIDDERS:

Page 12: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

4

Each bidder, before submitting a bid, shall become fully informed as to the extent and character of the work required.

No consideration will be granted for any alleged misunderstanding of the materials to be furnished or the work to be

done; it is further understood that the submission of a bid is an agreement to all items and conditions referred to herein.

IOWA PREFERENCE REQUIREMENTS:

A preference shall be given by the contractor to Iowa residents in hiring for the construction of buildings or public

improvements. (Iowa Code # 73.3)

RESIDENT BIDDER STATUS:

In accordance with Department of Labor Rules located at 875 IAC 156.2, the Owner requests a statement from each

bidder regarding the bidder’s resident status. http://www.iowaworkforce.org/labor/bidderstatusform.pdf. This

statement shall require each bidder to certify whether the bidder is a resident builder or non-resident bidder. The

statement must be signed by an authorized representative of the bidder. A fully completed statement shall be deemed

to be incorporated by reference representative of the bidder. A fully completed statement shall be deemed to be

incorporated by reference into all project bid specification and contract documents with any bidder on the Project.

Failure by any bidder to provide a complete statement with its bid may result in the Owner rejecting the build as non-

reference.

ADDENDUM:

Necessary revisions to the bidding document will be issued as a written addenda prior to the bid date to all known to

have received a copy of the bidding documents and will become part of the bidding documents. Interpretation,

corrections or changes of the bid documents made in any other manner shall not be binding, and bidders shall not rely

upon such interpretations, corrections or changes.

CORRECTIONS OF ERRORS ON BID FORMS:

All prices and notations should be in ink or typewritten. Errors should be crossed out, corrections entered and initialed

by the person signing the bid. Erasures or the use of typewriter correction fluid may be cause for rejection. No bid

shall be altered or amended after specified time for opening.

RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR: The contractor shall:

• Provide competent supervision.

• Take precautions necessary to protect persons or property against injury that may occur as a result of

their negligence.

• Perform the work without unnecessarily interfering with other contractors’ work or District activities.

• Be responsible for any and all damages to existing facilities and equipment.

• Be responsible for work performed and materials delivered; include School District furnished items,

until completion and final acceptance.

• Upon request, the contractor shall furnish the District with a complete list of all employees and other

personnel who will be working on District property on this project. The District reserves the right to

deny access to District property to any employee or personnel who are unacceptable to the School

District.

• Perform all work under an awarded contract in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local

laws, rules and regulations and District policy.

CHILD SUPPORT RECOVERY ACT:

It is the responsibility of the General Contractor or Construction Manager to report, within 15 days the hire or rehire

of an employee to the Federal Government.

An employee is someone:

• Who perform labor in Iowa and is employed by an employer in Iowa for compensation.

• For whom compensation is withheld for federal or state tax liabilities by an employer.

Page 13: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

5

See Code # 228 Guidelines and Procedures for the Child Support Recovery Act.

CRIMINAL BACKGROUND CHECK/SEX OFFENDER REGISTRY:

The Contractor shall be responsible for conducting a criminal background check and the Iowa and Illinois Sex

Offender Registry as to all persons working on District property or in District buildings. This includes all employees

of the Contractor or any sub-contractor, all Independent Contractors, Casual Laborers, Workers obtained through

Union Halls or Hiring Halls, and all other individuals present on District property at any time during the performance

of the Contract. No person shall be permitted to work on District property is on the Sex Offender Registry for any

State. The Contractor will notify the District in advance for any proposed Contractor employee with a felony

conviction and such person will not be placed on-site without prior District Approval. The Contractor must have

records available for the District to inspect upon request to verify that background/sex offender checks have been

performed on all persons working on District property. The District reserves the right to order the Contractor to remove

any person from the District’s work who the District determines to be a threat to safety of students, District employees,

other workers, parents, visitors, or otherwise. All workers must follow District regulations and rules as to building

access and security.

BOARD POLICY 103 COMPLAINTS AGAINST CONTRACTED SERVICE PROVIDERS:

All contractors/subcontractors/vendors will be held liable for any and all alleged aggrieved complaints made against

their employees. All correspondence between the contractors/subcontractors/vendors and the District will be in

writing. To ignore this policy could result in you being asked to leave the District premises.

CONTRACTORS INSURANCE:

The Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance as will protect him/her from claims set forth below which

may arise out of or result from the Contractor’s operations under the Contract, whether such operations be by the

Contractor or by any Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by any one for

whose acts any of them may be liable.

INSURANCE CLAUSE:

Insurance coverage shall cover the following:

• Claims under workers compensation benefits and other similar employee benefits act or claims for

damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of his/her employees.

• Claims for damages or liability because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other

than employees.

• Claims for damages for personal injury, which are sustained by any person, directly or indirectly (1)

related to the employment of such person by the contractor, or (2) by any other person.

• Claims for damages because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use

resulting there from other than to the work itself.

• Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising

out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle

• Claims covered by so-called Builder’s Risk coverage.

A Contractor shall obtain and pay premiums for the following minimum insurance in connection with the contract and

at the job site until the work is completed and accepted by the Owner.

The Owner and the Architect shall be named as Additional Insured on all liability coverage’s with respect to liability

caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, and shall be shown as such on the Certificate. Said Certificate must be

provided to the Owner before commencement of any aspect of the Work. All liability policies except Worker’s Comp

shall be endorsed as follows: “The insurance company and the insured expressly agree and state that the purchase of

this policy of insurance by the insured does not waive any of the defense of governmental immunity available to the

insured under Iowa Code Section 670.4 as it now exists or may be amended from time to time. The company and the

insured further agree that this policy of insurance shall cover only its claims not subject to the defense of governmental

immunity under Iowa Code Section 670.4 as it now exists or may be amended from time to time.” The certificate of

insurance relating to all liability coverage’s shall state: “The insurance company and the insured expressly agree and

Page 14: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

6

state that granting additional insured status on this policy of insurance does not waive any of the defense of

governmental immunity available to the school district under Iowa Code Chapter 670 as it now exists or may be

amended from time to time

TYPE OF COVERAGE

• Commercial General Liability

• General Aggregate 2,000,000.

• Products/Complete Operations Aggregate 2,000.000.

• Personal/Advertising Injury 1,000,000.

Each Occurrence 1,000,000.

Business Automobile Liability

Each Person 1,000,000.

Each Accident 1,000,000.

Employers Liability Statutory Amount

• Umbrella policies are acceptable to reach these limits of liability.

• Builder’s Risk Contract Price

Certificates of Insurance shall be furnished by the Contractor to the owner and such certificates shall provide 30 days

prior notice by registered mail of any material change in, or cancellation of, this insurance.

The Contractor must require the subcontractors to furnish all certificates of insurance. The Contractor shall require his

Subcontractors to take out and maintain the same coverage as above.

Certificates of Insurance shall be furnished to the District within ten (10) days after Notice of Award is issued to the

successful bidder. Notice to Proceed will not be issued until the certificate has been reviewed by the Owner. All

insurance shall name the District as an additional insured and shall waive subrogation as to the District.

WORKERS’ COMPENSATION:

The Contractor shall maintain during the life of this contract the statutory Worker Compensation Insurance for all of

his employees to be engaged in work on the project under this contract.

Certificates of Insurance shall be furnished by the contractor to the District and such certificates shall provide 30 days

prior notice by registered mail of any material change in or cancellation of, this insurance.

INDEMNIFICATION:

Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the District or its agents and employees against third party claims

resulting from any damages, losses and expenses relating to the work. Contractor agrees to notify the District by

certified mail return receipt request, or by overnight courier immediately upon knowledge of any claim suit, action or

proceedings.

To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the District and its agents

and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorney’s fees,

arising out of or resulting from the performance of the work, provided that any such claim, damages, loss or expenses

(1) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property

including the loss of use resulting there from (2) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of the

Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any

of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such

obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or otherwise reduce any other right or obligation of indemnify

which would otherwise exist as to any part of person.

In any and all claims against the District or any agents or employees by any employee of the Contractor, any

subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be

liable, the indemnification obligation shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of

Page 15: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

7

damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any Subcontractor under workers’ or

workman’s compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.

COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS:

Bidder attention is directed to the fact that all applicable Federal and State laws, local ordinances and rules and

regulations of authorities having jurisdiction over the work of this project shall apply to a contract resulting from this

bid. Those rules and regulations are made a part of the contract the same as if set forth in their entirety therein. By

submitting a bid, the bidder confirms that he/she is familiar with and understands their responsibility under all

applicable laws, ordinances, and rules and regulations with respect to the work described by the proposed contract

document.

The successful bidder shall, during the course of performance under the proposed contract comply with all

occupational, safety & health standards and EOE Regulations.

SUSPENSIONS & DEBARMENT:

The contractor certifies pursuant to 48 CFR Part 9 that neither it nor its principles are presently debarred, suspended,

proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this Contract by any

Agency. The Contractor certifies that they are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared

ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in any contracts with the State of Iowa.

BID SECURITY:

Bid security shall be in the amount of five percent (5%) of total bid amount and must accompany the bid response.

Bid security shall be in the form of a cashier’s check or certified check drawn on a solvent Iowa bank or a bank

chartered under the laws of the United States or a certified share draft drawn on a state-chartered or federally-chartered

credit union or a bid bond with corporate surety acceptable to the Owner. The bid security shall be forfeited to the

District as liquidated damages in the event the successful bidder fails to enter into a contract.

PERFORMANCE BOND:

The award and notice to proceed will be conditioned upon receipt of a Performance Bond in the amount of one hundred

percent (100%) of the total bid amount.

PAYMENT BOND:

The award and notice to proceed will be conditioned upon receipt of a Payment Bond in the amount of one hundred

percent (100%) of the total bid amount.

SURETY DEPOSIT:

Bid Bond of the unsuccessful bidders will be returned promptly after the Board has approved a successful bidder.

CHANGE ORDER:

The contractor shall not perform any work other than as specified in the contract, without first receiving a written

authorization from the District. The resulting Change Order will amend the contract. If the contractor fails to obtain a

written authorization the contractor shall have proceeded at its own expense and the District shall not be obligated to

make payment therefore oral change orders will not be honored.

GRATUITIES:

Chapter 722 of the Code of Iowa provides that it is a felony to offer, promise or give anything of value or benefit to a

person serving in a public capacity including a school district employee with the intent to influence that employee’s

act, opinion, judgment or exercises of discretion with respect to the employee’s duties.

AFFIRMATION ACTION:

The contractor will take affirmative action in complying with all Federal & State requirements concerning fair

employment and employment of the disabled, and concerning the treatment of all employees, without regard or

discrimination by reason of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, gender identity, sexual orientation or disability.

Page 16: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

8

CONTRACT DOCUMENT:

Contract Documents will consist of the Request for bid, detailed plans, drawings, specifications, project manual, if

any, the signed and accepted bid form, the signed and accepted contract, the approved performance bond, bid

conditions, and the insurance certificates.

BIDDER’S RESPONSIBILITY:

By submitting a bid, bidder certifies that he or she has read, understands, and will fully and faithfully comply with

this invitation for bid, its attachments and any referenced documents. Bidder also certifies that the prices offered were

independently developed without collusion with any other bidder or potential bidders.

If you have questions concerning this bid contact Rudy Schellekens at (563) 336-7906 or by email at

[email protected] between the hours of 7:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. local time, Monday through Friday.

Page 17: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

BID FORM 00 0300-1

SECTION 00 0300 – BID FORM

Bids Due at 2:00 PM, August 01, 2019

TO: Davenport Community School District

Achievement Service Center 1606 Brady Street Davenport, IA 52803

ATTN: Rudy Schellekens 1. The undersigned Bidder, in response to your Advertisement for Bids for construction of the above

project, having examined the Drawings, Specifications and other Bidding Documents and the site of the proposed work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the proposed project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials and supplies, and to construct the project in accordance with the proposed Contract Documents, within the time set forth therein, and at the prices stated below. These prices are to cover all expenses incurred in performing the work required under the proposed Contract Documents, of which this bid is a part.

Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda which are a part of the Bidding Documents: Numbers ____, ____, ____, ____, ____. BASE PROPOSAL: Bidder agrees to perform all the work described in the proposed Contract Documents and shown on the Drawings for the sum of: DOLLARS ($ ) ALTERNATE BIDS: Bidder agrees to perform all work shown or specified in the bidding documents required for completion of the listed Alternate Bids, when accepted and incorporated into the Contract. Refer to Division 1 Section “Alternates” for alternate descriptions. ALTERNATE NO. ADD / DEDUCT DOLLARS ($ ) Amount shall be indicated in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy, the amount indicated in words will govern. 2. The undersigned Bidder states that full compliance with the proposed Contract Documents is

maintained in this bid. 3. Accompanying this bid is the Bid Security required by the Bidding Documents, the same being

subject to forfeiture, in the event of default by the undersigned, in accordance with terms of the Bidding Documents.

Page 18: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

BID FORM 00 0300-2

4. Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any and all bids, waive irregularities or technicalities in any bid, and accept any bid in whole or in part which it deems to be in its best interest.

5. Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of forty-five (45)

calendar days after the public opening and reading of the bids. 6. Bidder hereby certifies: (a) that this bid is genuine and is not made in the interest of or on behalf

of any undisclosed person, firm or corporation; (b) that Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid; (c) that Bidder has not solicited or induced any person, firm or corporation to refrain from bidding; and (d) that Bidder has not sought by collusion to obtain any advantage over any other bidder or over the Owner.

FIRM NAME: BY: TITLE: Date Incorporated Yes No OFFICIAL ADDRESS Telephone Number FAX Number Federal Tax Identification No. END OF SECTION 00 0300

Page 19: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

BID BOND 00 0400-1

SECTION 00 0400 – BID BOND

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, a(n) *` duly authorized by law to do business as a construction contractor in the State of Iowa, and

, a corporation duly authorized to do a surety business under the Laws of the State of Iowa as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Davenport Community School District as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the penal sum of ($ ), for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the principal has submitted a bid for . NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this day of , 20 .

(Principal) (Seal)

(Witness) (Title) (Witness) (Surety) (Seal)

(Title as Attorney-in-Fact and Iowa Resident Agent)

* One word -- corporation, partnership, or individual -- depending on the nature of the Principal,

should be entered in this blank. END OF SECTION 00 0400

Page 20: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 21: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

AGREEMENT 00 0500-1

SECTION 00 0500 – AGREEMENT

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 FORM OF AGREEMENT

A. American Institute of Architects Document A101-2017, Standard Form of Agreement Between

Owner and Contractor, is hereby incorporated by reference in this specification and is available from the Design Professional: Design Engineers, P.C. 8801 Prairie View Lane SW, Suite 200 Cedar Rapids, Iowa. It shall be the Agreement for the Work.

END OF SECTION 00 0500

Page 22: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 23: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

GENERAL CONDITIONS

ARTICLES 1 through 15

The General Conditions of this Contract is the American Institute of Architects' Document A201, THE

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION, 2007, 15 Articles,

hereinafter referred to as the General Conditions, a copy of which may be referred to at the office of the

Architect/Engineer or obtained from AIA Iowa, 3501 104th Street, Urbandale, Iowa 50322 (515/276-

0467).

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

The following supplements modify, change, delete from, or add to the "General Conditions of the

Contract for Construction," AIA Document A201, 2007. Where any Article of the General Conditions is

modified or any Paragraph, Subparagraph, or Clause thereof is modified or deleted by these supplements,

the unaltered provisions of that Article, Paragraph, Subparagraph, or Clause shall remain in effect.

ARTICLE 1

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS

Delete the last sentence of Subparagraph 1.1.1 and substitute the following:

The Contract Documents also include the bidding requirements (Advertisement or Invitation to

Bid and Instruction to Bidders). Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement the Contract

Documents do not include sample forms and the Contractor's Bid.

Add to Subparagraph 1.1.2 the following Clause 1.1.2.1:

1.1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor. If either the Owner or

Contractor or both do not sign all the Contract Documents, the Architect shall identify such unsigned

Documents. No Contract shall be formed between the parties until all Contract Documents are

executed by both parties.

Add to Paragraph 1.1 the following Subparagraph 1.1.9:

1.1.9 PROJECT MANUAL

The Project Manual is the volume(s) which include the Bidding Requirements, Procurement and

Contracting Requirements, sample forms, Conditions of the Contract, Specifications and addenda.

1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

Add the following sentence to the end of Subparagraph 1.2.1:

In the case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications, or within either Document

itself, not clarified by Addendum, the better quality or greater quantity of Work shall be provided

in accordance with the Architect's interpretation.

Page 24: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

1.4 INTERPRETATION

Add Subparagraph 1.4.2 to Paragraph 1.4:

1.4.2 In the event of conflict among the various provisions of the Contract Documents, the terms shall be

interpreted in the following order of propriety:

.1 Modifications to the Contract

.2 The Contract

.3 Special Conditions

.4 General Conditions

1.5 OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER

Delete Subparagraph 1.5.1 and substitute the following:

1.5.1 Provided all payments have been made to Architect in accordance with its agreement with Owner,

the Design Documents are the Owner’s exclusive property. The Owner owns all copyrights in and to the

Design Documents. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and material or equipment

suppliers shall not own or claim a copyright in the Design Documents. Submittal or distribution to meet

official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be

construed as publication in derogation of the Owner’s reserved rights.

ARTICLE 2

OWNER

2.1 GENERAL

Delete Subparagraph 2.1.2 in its entirety

2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER

Delete the last two (2) sentences of Subparagraph 2.2.1

Add the following sentences to the end of Subparagraph 2.2.3:

The Contractor shall compare information furnished by the Owner (including surveys and soil

tests with observable physical conditions) and the Contract Documents and on the basis of such

review, shall report to the Owner and Architect any conflicts, errors or omissions. Contractor

shall be responsible for any additional costs, delays and damages resulting from the Contractor's

failure to immediately report any such errors, inconsistencies or omissions.

2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT WORK

Delete Subparagraph 2.4.1 in its entirety and substitute the following:

2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract

Documents, and fails within a seven (7) day period, or such shorter time period as may be reasonable

under the circumstances, after receipt of written notice from the Owner to the Contractor and Surety, to

commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner

may require the Surety to assume the obligations of the Contractor within seven (7)days following receipt

by Contractor and Surety of written notice.

Page 25: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

Add Subparagraph 2.4.2 to Paragraph 2.4:

2.4.2 If Contractor or Surety, within such seven day period (or shorter time period deemed reasonable)

after receipt of such notice fails to commence and continue to correct such default or neglect, the Owner

may without prejudice to any other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. In such case

an appropriate Change Order or Construction Change Directive shall be issued deducting from the

payments then or thereafter due the Contractor, or Surety, the cost of correction of such deficiencies,

including reasonable attorneys’ fees and compensation for the Architect/Engineer’s additional services

incurred as a result of such default, neglect or failure. Such action by Owner, and amounts charged to the

Contractor are both subject to prior concurrence with Architect/Engineer. If payments then or thereafter

due Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, Contractor, or Surety, shall pay difference to

Owner.

ARTICLE 3

CONTRACTOR

3.1 GENERAL

Delete Subparagraph 3.1.2 in its entirety and substitute the following:

3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. In the case of

inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications or within either document not clarified by

Addendum, the better quality or greater quantity shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner.

Add Clause 3.1.2.1 to Subparagraph 3.1.2:

3.1.2.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct Work in excellent and workmanlike manner, complete

the work and everything properly incidental thereto as stated in the Project Manual and Drawings or

reasonably implied therefrom and otherwise in accordance with Contract Documents.

Add Subparagraph 3.1.3 to Paragraph 3.1:

3.1.3 The Contractor waives any rights, claims, or causes of action against Owner as a result of activities

or duties of the Architect in the Architect’s administration of the Contract or representations made by the

Architect in the Instruments of Service. The Contractor acknowledges any such rights, claims, or causes

of action accrue against the Architect and Contractor may seek redress from Architect in the event that

becomes necessary.

3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR

Add the following sentences to the end of Subparagraph 3.2.1:

In no case shall the Contractor proceed with any portion of the Work in any uncertainty. The

Contractor also represents that all Contract Documents for the Project have been examined;

including those intended for work of trades not normally performed by the Contractor's own

forces, and that it has become thoroughly familiar with all conditions which may pertain to or

affect the Work under the Contract.

Delete Subparagraph 3.2.3 in its entirety and substitute the following:

3.2.3 The Contractor must take field measurements and verify Site conditions, and must carefully

Page 26: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

compare such field measurements and Site conditions and other information known to the Contractor with

the Contract Documents, before ordering any material or doing any Work at the Site.

Add Subparagraphs 3.2.4 through 3.2.8 to Paragraph 3.2:

3.2.4 The Contractor must make frequent inspections during the progress of the Work to confirm that

Work previously performed by the Contractor is in compliance with the Contract Documents and

applicable laws and regulations bearing on the performance of the Work and Referenced Standards and

that portion of Work previously performed by the Contractor or by others are in proper condition to

receive subsequent Work.

3.2.5 If the Contractor believes that any portions of the Contract Documents do not comply with

applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations, or any orders by code

enforcement officials or the Owner or its designees acting in the capacity of building code inspectors or

Referenced Standards, the Contractor must promptly notify the Owner and the Architect of the non-

compliance as provided in Section 3.2.6 and request direction before proceeding with the affected Work.

3.2.6 The Contractor must promptly notify the Owner and the Architect in writing of any apparent errors,

inconsistencies, omissions, ambiguities, construction impracticalities or code violations discovered as a

result of the Contractor’s review of the Contract Documents including any differences between actual and

indicated dimensions, locations and descriptions, and must give the Owner and the Architect timely notice

in writing of same and of any corrections, clarifications, additional Drawings or Specifications, or other

information required to define the Work in greater detail or to permit the proper progress of the Work.

The Contractor must provide similar notice with respect to any variance between its review of the Site

and physical data and Site conditions observed.

3.2.7 If the Contractor performs any Work involving an apparent error, inconsistency, ambiguity,

construction impracticality, omission or code violation in the Contract Documents of which the

Contractor is aware, or which could reasonably have been discovered by the review required by Section

3.2, without prompt written notice to the Owner and the Architect and request for correction, clarification

or additional information, as appropriate, the Contractor does so at its own risk and expense and all claims

relating thereafter are specifically waived.

3.2.8 The Owner is entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor for amounts paid to the

Architect/Engineer for evaluating and responding to the Contractor’s requests for information that are not

prepared in accordance with the Contract Documents or where the requested information is available to

the Contractor from a careful study and comparison of the Contract Documents, field conditions, or other

Owner-provided information, Contractor-prepared coordination drawings, or prior Project correspondence

or documentation.

3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES

Add to Paragraph 3.3 the following Subparagraph 3.3.4:

3.3.4 The Contractor acknowledges that it is Contractor’s responsibility to hire all personnel for the

proper and diligent prosecution of the Work and the Contractor shall use its best efforts to maintain labor

peace for the duration of the Project. In the event of a labor dispute, the Contractor shall not be entitled to

any increase in the Contract Sum.

3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS

Page 27: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

Add the following sentence to the end of Subparagraph 3.4.1:

Should the Contract specifically require the Contractor to performed work after regular working

hours or should the Contractor elect to perform work after regular working hours, the additional

costs of such work shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

Add Subparagraphs 3.4.4 and 3.4.5to Paragraph 3.4:

3.4.4 After the Contract has been executed, the Owner and the Architect will consider a formal request for

the substitution of products in place of those specified only under the conditions set forth in the

Specifications, Division 1, General Requirements, _________________________, Product Requirements. (fill in or delete as applicable)

3.4.5 By making requests for substitutions based on Subparagraph 3.4.4 above, the Contractor:

.1 Represents that the Contractor has personally investigated the proposed substitute product

and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified; .2 Represents that the Contractor will provide the same warranty for the substitution that the

Contractor would for that specified; .3 Certifies that the cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs under this

Contract except the Architect/Engineer's redesign costs, and waives all claims for

additional costs related to the substitution which subsequently become apparent; and .4 Will coordinate the installation of the accepted substitute, making such changes as may be

required for the Work to be complete in all respects.

3.5 WARRANTY

Delete existing Paragraph under 3.5 in its entirety.

Add Subparagraphs 3.5.1 through 3.5.4 to Paragraph 3.5:

3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under

the Contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract

Documents, that the workmanship will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or

permitted, that the workmanship will comply with all applicable laws, building codes, rules and

regulations, and that the workmanship will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents.

3.5.2 The Contractor’s general warranty and any additional or special warranties are not limited by the

Contractor’s obligations to specifically correct defective or nonconforming Work as provided in Article

12, or are they limited by any other remedies provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall

also be liable for any damage to property or persons (including death) including consequential and direct

damages relating to any breach of the Contractor’s general warranty or any additional or special

warranties required by the Contract Documents.

3.5.3 The Contractor must furnish all special warranties required by the Contract Documents to the

Owner no later than Substantial Completion. The Owner may require additional special warranties in

connection with the approval of “Or-Equals” or Substitutions, Allowance items, Work that is defective or

nonconforming, or the acceptance of nonconforming Work pursuant to Article 12.

3.5.4 In case of work performed by Subcontractors and where warranties are required, secure warranties

from said Subcontractors addressed to and in favor of the Owner. Deliver copies of same to Architect

Page 28: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

upon completion of work. Delivery of said warranties shall not relieve the Contractor from any

obligations assumed under any other provision of contract.

3.6 TAXES

Add Subparagraphs 3.6.1 through 3.6.3 to Paragraph 3.6:

3.6.1 Bidders shall be responsible for informing themselves of tax laws, requirements, regulations, and

interpretations as they apply to this project.

3.6.2 Bidders shall not include State of Iowa and Local Option Sales and Use Tax in the bid. The General

Contractor shall provide a list of subcontractors, sub-subcontractors and suppliers with their Federal

Identification Number to the Owner. The Owner will issue exemption certificates to contractors,

subcontractors, sub-subcontractors and suppliers in order to eliminate tax from the construction materials

following award of contract. If material is purchased outside the state of Iowa and the other State requires

that the contractors, subcontractors, sub-subcontractors and suppliers pay sales tax they are recommended

to include this price in their Bid unless they are able to obtain a sales tax refund from said State.

3.6.3 The Contractor will maintain all records, invoices, receipts, or other accounting data regarding

material purchases and will allow, upon written request of the Owner and within a reasonable time frame

after receipt of such request, the Owner to audit such records to verify tax savings. If an audit reveals

taxes paid or savings not transferred to the Owner, the Contractor will be liable to the Owner for those

amounts and the Owner may back charge the Contractor for those amounts if a balance of funds due and

payable remains at the time of such

discovery.

.1 The Contractor will require all Subcontractors of any tier maintain all records, invoices,

receipts, or other account data regarding material purchases. The Contractor will collect

such records with each application for payment it receives from its Subcontractors and shall

maintain such records in the same manner and location as the Contractor’s records.

.2 The Contractor will ensure its Subcontractors and any lower-tier Subcontractors including

these obligations in their contracts and bind themselves in the same manner as Contractor is

bound to the Owner.

3.7 PERMITS, FEES, NOTICES, AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

Modify Subparagraph 3.7.5 as follows:

Add the words "knowingly" and "and recognizes" on each side of the word "encounters" in the

first sentence and add the words "or good faith belief of such existence" between the words

"existence" and "of " in the last sentence.

Add Subparagraphs 3.7.6 through 3.7.8 to Paragraph 3.7:

3.7.6 The Contractor is responsible for scheduling inspections required by the Contract Documents or

related to the performance of its Work and ensuring work is complete for inspections. Any costs

associated with reinspection caused by irregularities, deficiencies or non-conforming work will be borne

by the responsible Contractor including all Architectural and Engineering Services related to evaluation

of the problem and development of an acceptable solution.

3.7.7 The Contractor shall take note and comply with all governing laws, rules, and regulations affecting

the Work. This may include, but is not limited to, such laws, rules, and regulations as:

Page 29: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

Licensing of Contractors for special requirements, e. g. hazardous waste removal.

Requirements for special construction permits.

Exemption from sales tax, if applicable.

Wage rates and employment requirements when required by law or by Owner.

Local labor requirements.

Non-discriminatory hiring practices.

3.7.8 The State of Iowa, its agencies, and its political subdivisions, including cities, school districts and

public utilities are required by Iowa Code 73A.21 to require a reciprocal resident bidder and resident

labor force preference.

3.7.8.1 A “Resident Bidder” means a person or entity authorized to transact business in the State of Iowa

and having a place of business for transacting business with the state at which it is conducting and has

conducted business for at least three (3) years prior to the date of the first advertisement for the public

improvement. If another state or foreign country has a more stringent definition of a Resident Bidder, the

more stringent definition is applicable as to bidders from that state or foreign country.

3.7.8.2 A Resident Bidder shall be allowed a preference as against a nonresident bidder from a state or

foreign country other than Iowa if that state or foreign country gives or requires any preference to bidders

from that state or foreign country, including, but not limited to, any preference to bidders, the imposition

of any type of force preference, or any other form of preferential treatment to bidders or laborers from the

state or foreign country. The preference allowed shall be equal to the preference given or required by the

state or foreign country in which

the nonresident bidder is a resident.

3.7.8.3 If the Contractor is a nonresident bidder the Contractor is required to specify in the Agreement

between the Owner and Contractor whether any preference is in effect in the nonresident bidder’s state or

country at the time of this bid and identify the source of the regulations.

3.9 SUPERINTENDENT

Add the following to the end of the first sentence of Subparagraph 3.9.1:

, including work of the Contractor's subcontractors. Any change in superintendent personnel must

be approved by the Owner.

Delete Subparagraph 3.9.2 in its entirety and substitute the following:

3.9.2 The Contractor shall, within two days of the Owner's notification of an intent to award the Contract,

submit to the Owner, through the Architect, the name and qualifications of the proposed superintendents

for review and approval. When the superintendents are approved, they shall not be removed without the

Owner's written approval which will not be unreasonably withheld. The responsibility of the

superintendent is to supervise, schedule, coordinate, and manage field operations.

3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES

Delete first sentence of Subparagraph 3.10.1 and substitute the following:

The Contractor, 10 (ten) days after being awarded the contract, shall submit for the Owner's and

Architect's information, a Contractor's Construction schedule for the work.

Page 30: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

Modify second sentence of Subparagraph 3.10.1 as follows:

After the words "of the Work and Project," add the words "or as required by the Owner or

Architect,".

Add Clause 3.10.1.1 to Subparagraph to 3.10.1:

3.10.1.1 Thereafter, the Contractor shall prepare and update the construction schedule on a monthly basis

(“Current Construction Schedule”), if not more frequently at the Contractor’s discretion, to be submitted

to the Owner in graphic and native electronic format with each Application for Payment. Each update

shall include a narrative including:

.1 A description of the status of the schedule.

.2 A discussion of current and anticipated delays.

.3 A discussion of progress of critical path activities.

.4 A discussion of the critical path for the remainder of the project.

.5 A listing and discussion of logic changes and duration changes.

Delete Subparagraph 3.10.2 in its entirety and substitute the following:

3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare a submittal schedule within fourteen (14) days after being awarded

the Contract and thereafter as necessary to maintain a current submittal schedule, and shall submit the

schedule(s) for the Architect’s approval. The Architect’s approval shall not unreasonably be delayed or

withheld. The submittal schedule shall (1) be coordinated with the Contractor’s construction schedule,

and (2) all the Architect reasonable time to review submittals.

Add Subparagraph 3.10.4 to Paragraph 3.10 :

3.10.4 Additional provisions for submittal of the Construction Schedule are included in the

Specifications, Section ______________________, Construction Progress Documentation. (fill in or delete as applicable)

3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLE AT THIS SITE

Add Subparagraph 3.11.1 to Paragraph 3.11:

3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one copy of the Drawings, Specifications,

Addenda, Current Construction Schedule, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and

marked currently to indicate field and similar required submittals. The Contractor shall display a current

Construction Schedule at the site for reference and reliance by the Owner and Architect. These shall be

available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon

completion of the Work as a record of the Work as constructed.

3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES

Add the following sentence to the end of Subparagraph 3.12.5:

The Contractor must provide the Owner and the Architect with copies of all submittals made to

regulatory agencies.

Delete Subparagraph 3.12.7 in its entirety and substitute the following:

3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require

Page 31: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective

submittal has been reviewed by the Architect. The Contractor must correct at its cost, and without any

adjustment in Contract time, any Work the correction of which is required due to the Contractor’s failure

to obtain approval of a submittal required to have been obtained prior to proceeding with the Work,

including, but not limited to, correction of any conflicts in the Work resulting from such failure

Delete Subparagraph 3.12.8 in its entirety and substitute the following:

3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with reviewed submittals except that the Contractor shall not be

relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's

review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has

specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and (1) the

Architect has taken appropriate action relative to the specific deviation as a minor change in the work, or

(2) a Change Order or Construction Change Directive 'has been issued authorizing the deviation. The

Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omission in Shop Drawings, Product Data,

Samples or similar submittals by the Architect's review thereof.

Modify Subparagraph 3.12.10 as follows:

In the second to last sentence, delete the word ", approve".

Add Subparagraph 3.12.11 to Paragraph 3.12:

3.12.11 Additional provisions for Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples are included in the

Specifications, ______________________, Submittal Procedures. (fill in or delete as applicable)

3.13 USE OF SITE

Add Subparagraphs 3.13.1 through 3.13.4 to Paragraph 3.13:

3.13.l The Contractor shall not bring or permit any subcontractor, supplier or anyone else for whom the

Contractor is responsible, to bring on the site any asbestos, PCB's petroleum, hazardous waste or

radioactive materials (except for proper use in performing the Work).

3.13.2 Except as may be specifically provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide all

necessary temporary facilities, including power, water, sanitation, scaffolding, storage, and security. If

Owner makes any such facilities available to Contractor, it is without representation or warranty as to

their adequacy for Contractor’s use, and Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold Owner harmless

from and against any claims arising out of Contractor’s use of such facilities.

3.13.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work so as to cause a minimum of inconvenience to and

interruption of the Owner’s operations. Any and all interruptions of the operations of the Owner

necessary for the performance of the Work shall be noted in the progress schedule and the Contractor

shall additionally give the Owner sufficient advance notice of such interruption as to allow the Owner to

adjust operations accordingly. The Contractor’s failure to give the Owner timely notice of such intentions

shall place the responsibility of any resulting delays or additional costs solely the Contractor.

3.13.4 Additional provisions for use of site are included in the Specifications, Section

_____________________, Temporary Facilities and Controls. (fill in or delete as applicable)

Page 32: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING

Add to Paragraph 3.14 the following Subparagraph 3.14.3:

3.14.3 Additional provisions for cutting and patching of work are included in the Specifications, Section

______________________, Execution. (fill in or delete as applicable)

3.15 CLEANING UP

Add the words “, WORKING HOURS AND NOISE ORDINANCE” to title of Paragraph 3.15.

Delete Subparagraphs 3.15.1 and 3.15.2 in their entirety and substitute the following:

3.15.1 Work will be performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Applicable Building

Code, and other applicable law governing the Contractor’s performance of the Work. No delays resulting

from compliance with applicable laws or regulations may form the basis for any claim by the Contractor

for delay damages or additional compensation or for any extensions of the Contract Time. The

Contractor must not permit work outside of hours established in the Contract Documents on a Saturday,

Sunday or State or federal holiday without the written consent of the Owner, given after prior written

notice to the Architect and any other applicable consultants; such consent, if given, may be conditioned

upon payment by the Contractor of the Owner’s, Architect’s and any other applicable consultants’

additional costs and fees, testing or regulatory agency costs incurred in monitoring such off-hours Work.

The Contractor must notify the Owner as soon as possible if Work must be performed outside such times

in the interest of the safety and protection of persons or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, or in the

event of an emergency. In no event shall the Contractor permit Work to be performed at the Site without

the presence of the Contractor’s superintendent and person responsible for the protection of persons and

property at the Site and compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, if different from the

superintendent.

3.15.2 The Contractor must comply with any applicable Noise Ordinances and any successor or substitute

provisions covering the regulation of noise levels. It is the duty of the Contractor to familiarize itself with

those provisions and perform the Work in compliance with those provisions.

Add Subparagraphs 3.15.3 and 3.15.4 to Paragraph 3.15:

3.15.3 The Contractor must keep the Site and adjacent areas free from accumulation of waste materials or

rubbish caused by operations under the Contract, and must keep tools, construction equipment, machinery

and surplus materials suitably stored when not in use. If the Contractor fails to do so in a manner

reasonably satisfactory to the Owner or the Architect within forty-eight (48) hours after notice or as

otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner may clean the Site and back charge the

Contractor for all costs associated with the cleaning. The Contractor shall keep the premises and

surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the

Contract. At completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove waste materials, rubbish, the

Contractor’s tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials from and about the Project.

3.15.4 Additional provisions for cleanup are included in the Specifications,

_______________________________, Closeout Procedures. (fill in specification reference as applicable)

3.18 INDEMNIFICATION

Delete Subparagraph 3.18.1 in its entirety and substitute the following:

Page 33: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law the Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless

the Owner and Architect, its agents, representatives, and employees (“Indemnitees”) from and against all

liabilities, claims, damages, losses and expenses, including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees, court costs

and cost of appeal, arising out of or resulting from or in connection with the performance of the Work by

the Contractor, provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in whole or in part by any

breach of this Agreement or negligent or other intentional act or omission of the Contractor, anyone

directly or indirectly employed by it or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable.

Add Subparagraph 3.18.3 to Paragraph 3.18:

3.18.3 In the event the Owner should prevail in any legal action arising out of the performance or non-

performance of this Agreement, the Contractor shall pay, in addition to any damages, all expenses of such

action including reasonable attorney’s fees, all expert witness fees, costs, and litigation expenses incurred

by the Owner, including those incurred on appeal. The term “legal action” shall be deemed to include any

arbitration, administrative proceedings, and all actions at law or in equity, including appeals.

ARTICLE 4

ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT

4.1 ARCHITECT

Delete Subparagraph 4.1.1 in its entirety and substitute the following:

4.1.1 The "Architect" is defined in this Contract as the Engineer or Architect lawfully licensed by the

State to practice architecture or engineering or an entity, licensed by the State to lawfully practice

architecture or engineering identified as such in this Contract and as is referred to throughout the Contract

documents as if singular in number. The term "Engineer", "Architect/Engineer", "Engineer/Architect",

"Architect's authorized representative", "Engineer's authorized representative", or Architect/Engineer's

authorized representative" shall mean "Architect" as defined in this paragraph.

.1 The Architect/Engineer is:

Name:

Address:

Business

Fax Telephone No.:

4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT

Delete the first two sentences of Subparagraph 4.2.2 and substitute the following:

The Architect, as a representative of the Owner, shall visit the site at times and intervals

appropriate to the stage of construction and as mutually agreed upon by the Owner and

Architect in Section 4.3.3, to observe the work; to become familiar with the progress

and quality of the Work; and to provide an opinion to the Owner regarding whether the

Work is proceeding in general accordance with the Contract Documents. On the basis

of on-site observations as an architect, the Architect shall keep the Owner reasonably

informed of the progress and quality of the Work, and shall use reasonable care

customary in the industry to advise the Owner of observed deviations from the Contract

Documents and observed failures of the Contractor to carry out the Work in accordance

Page 34: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

with the Construction Documents. In doing so, the Architect shall report to the Owner

(1) known deviations from the Contract Documents, and (2) defects and deficiencies

observed in the Work. The Architect will provide the Owner with monthly Field

Observation Reports as the Project progresses.

Add Clause 4.2.2.1 to Subparagraph 4.2.2:

4.2.2.1 The Owner is entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor for amounts paid to the

Architect/Engineer for site visits made necessary by the fault of the Contractor or by defects and

deficiencies of the Work.

Modify Subparagraph 4.2.7 as follows:

Delete the words "approve or" and "other" at the beginning of the first sentence. Delete the

word "approval," after the words "The Architect's ..." at the last sentence and in lieu thereof

insert the word "...review ...".

Add Clause 4.2.7.l to Subparagraph 4.2.7:

4.2.7.1 Architect shall provide up to two (2) reviews, of each Shop Drawing, Product Data item, sample

and similar submittals of the Contractor. The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the Architect's

additional services made necessary by additional reviews above the limits indicated above.

ARTICLE 5

SUBCONTRACTORS

5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK

Modify Subparagraph 5.2.1 as follows

In the first sentence, after the word "Contractor," delete the phrase "as soon as practicable after

award of the Contract," and insert the phrase "within ten days after the date of the notice of

award of the Contract;" and add the following sentence:

A list of Subcontractors shall be submitted in duplicate on AIA Document G805, 2001 Edition.

Add Subparagraph 5.2.5 to Paragraph 5.2:

5.2.5 MANUFACTURERS AND FABRICATORS

Not later than thirty (30) days after the date of commencement of the Work, the Contractor shall furnish

in writing to the Owner through the Architect/ Engineer the names of persons or entities proposed as

manufacturers or fabricators for certain products, equipment and systems identified in the General

Requirements (Division 1 of the Specifications) and, where applicable the name of the installing

Subcontractor. The Architect/Engineer may reply within fourteen (14) days to the Contractor in writing

stating 1) whether the Owner or the Architect/ Engineer has reasonable objection to any such proposed

person or entity or 2) that the Architect/Engineer requires additional time to review. Failure of the Owner

or Architect/Engineer to reply within the fourteen (14) day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable

objection.

.1 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or

Architect/Engineer has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be

Page 35: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection.

.2 If the Owner or Architect/Engineer has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed

by the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or

Architect/Engineer has no reasonable objection. If the proposed but rejected manufacturer or

fabricator was reasonable capable of performing the Work, the Contract Sum and Contract

Time shall be increased or decreased by the difference, if any, occasioned by such change,

and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute

manufacturer’s or fabricator’s Work. However, no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract

Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and

responsively in submitting names as required.

.3 The Contractor shall not substitute a person or entity previously selected if the Owner or

Architect/Engineer makes reasonable objection to such substitution.

5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS

Delete Subparagraph 5.4.2 in its entirety.

ARTICLE 6

CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS

6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE

CONTRACTS

Add the following sentence to the end of Subparagraph 6.1.1:

The Contractor shall give notification of the potential of a claim in writing to Owner and/or

Separate Contractor within forty-eight (48) hours of the occurrence or discovery of the potential

of an occurrence of the delay or action that will result in making a claim.

Add Subparagraph 6.1.5 to Paragraph 6.1:

6.1.5 Additional provisions for separate contracts are included in the Specifications,

Section_____________________, Summary. (fill in or delete as applicable)

ARTICLE 7

CHANGES IN THE WORK

7.1 GENERAL

Add the following sentence to the end of Subparagraph 7.1.1:

No claim for an addition to the maximum Contract sum shall be considered a valid claim unless a

written change order procedure is followed as outlined in this Section. Verbal authorization for

changes must be supported by written approval before being considered valid.

7.2 CHANGE ORDERS

Add Subparagraph 7.2.2 to Paragraph 7.2:

7.2.2 The forms used to process a Change Order will include AIA Document G701, Change Order. The

Contractor must submit change proposals covering contemplated Change Order within ten (10) days after

request of the Owner, or the Architect or within ten (10) days of the event giving rise to the Contractor’s

claim for a change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. No increase in the Contract Sum or extension

Page 36: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

of the Contract Time will be allowed the Contractor for the cost or time involved in making change

proposals. Change proposals will define or confirm in detail the Work which is proposed to be added,

deleted, or changed and must include any adjustment which the Contractor believes to be necessary in (i)

the Contract sum, (ii) the Contract time. Any proposed adjustment must include detailed documentation

including, but not limited to: cost, properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to

permit evaluation including cost of labor, materials, supplies and equipment, rental cost of machinery and

equipment, additional bond cost, plus a fixed fee for profit and overhead (which includes office overhead

and site-specific overhead and general conditions) of ten percent (10%) if the Work is performed by the

Contractor, or five percent (5%) if the Work is performed by a Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor. The

Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors overhead and profit in turn must not exceed a total aggregate of ten

percent (10%). Change proposals will be binding upon the Contractor and may be accepted or rejected by

the Owner in its discretion. The Owner may, at its option, instruct the Contractor to proceed with the

Work involved in the change proposal in accordance with this Section 7.2.2 without accepting the change

proposal in its entirety.

7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES

Modify Subparagraph 7.3.2 as follows:

Delete the period at the end of the Subparagraph and insert the phrase ", and upon prior written

approval of the Owner."

Modify Clause 7.3.7.5 as follows:

Delete the period at the end of the Clause and insert the phrase ", if any."

ARTICLE 8

TIME

8.1 DEFINITIONS

Modify Subparagraph 8.1.2 as follows:

At the end of the first sentence, insert the phrase "or the date of the Notice to Proceed, whichever

occurs later."

8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION

Modify Subparagraph 8.2.2 as follows:

Capitalize the “s” in the word site. Add “, or prior to approval of Certificates of Insurance, and

Additional Insured Endorsement and Notice of Cancellation Endorsement required to be

submitted to Owner under the Contract” to the end of the first sentence.

Add the following sentence to the end of Paragraph 8.2.3:

If Contractor’s Work shall fall behind schedule for reasons that are not excused under the terms

of the Contract, Contractor shall add additional workers or shifts, and/or work overtime as

necessary to maintain the Construction Schedule.

Page 37: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

Add Subparagraphs 8.2.4 through 8.2.8 to Paragraph 8.2:

8.2.4 The Contractor must conform to the most recently approved Construction Schedule. The Contractor

must complete the indicated Work or achieve the required percentage of completion, as applicable, within

any interim completion dates established in the most recently approved Construction Schedule.

8.2.5 The Contractor must maintain at the Site, available to the Owner and the Architect for their

reference during the progress of the Work, a copy of the approved Construction Schedule and any

approved revisions thereto. The Contractor must keep current records of and mark on a copy of the

approved Construction Schedule the actual commencement date, progress, and completion date of each

scheduled activity indicated on the Construction Schedule.

8.2.6 The Contractor represents that its bid includes all costs, overhead and profit which may be incurred

throughout the Contract Time and the period between Substantial and final Completion. Accordingly, the

Contractor may not make any claim for delay damages based in whole or in part of the premise that the

Contractor would have completed the Work prior to the expiration of the Contract time but for any

claimed delay.

8.2.7 If the Contractor’s progress is not maintained in accordance with the approved Construction

Schedule, or the Owner determines that the Contractor is not diligently proceeding with the Work or has

evidence reasonably indicating that the Contractor will not be able to conform to the most recently

approved Construction Schedule, the Contractor must, promptly and at no additional cost to the Owner,

take all measures necessary to accelerate its progress to overcome the delay and ensure that there will be

no further delay in the progress of the Work and notify the Owner.

8.2.8 The Owner reserves the right to issue a written directive to accelerate the Work that may be subject

to an appropriate adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum. If the Owner requires an acceleration of the

Construction Schedule and no adjustment is made in the Contract Sum, or if the Contractor disagrees with

any adjustment made, the Contractor must file a claim as provided in Article 15 or the same will be

deemed to be conclusively waived.

8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME

Modify Subparagraph 8.3.1 as follows:

Delete the words “and arbitration” from fifth line.

Add the following sentences to the end of the Subparagraph:

A time extension shall be Contractor's sole remedy and compensation for all such delays other

than those resulting from the acts or negligence of the Owner, the Architect, or the Owner's

separate contractors (collectively "Owner Caused Delays"). For proven Owner Caused Delays,

the Contractor may recoup the actual costs resulting from such delays, but not for any additional

profit or fee.

ARTICLE 9

PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION

9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

Modify Paragraph 9.1 as follows:

Page 38: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

In the first sentence, add the words “thirty (30) days’ between the words “Architect,” and

“before.”

9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT

Delete Subparagraph 9.3.1 in its entirety and substitute the following:

9.3.1 At least ten (10) days before the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall

submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with

the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by such data

substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of

requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers. If the Contract Documents required the Owner to

retain a portion of the payments until some future time, the Applications for Payment shall clearly state

the percentage and the amount to be retained. Once the Application is approved by the Architect, the

Application for Payment must be submitted for approval to the Davenport Community School District.

The application must be received at the District office at least one week prior to the scheduled meeting for

it to be included in that meeting's scheduled business.

Add Clause 9.3.3.1to Subparagraph 9.3:

9.3.3.1 With each Application for Payment submit waivers of Chapter 573 claims (the equivalent of

mechanics liens under Iowa law for public improvement projects) from subcontractors or sub­

subcontractors and suppliers for the construction period covered by the previous application.

9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION

Add Clauses 9.5.1.8 through 9.5.1.11 to Subparagraph 9.5.1:

.8 Service work not attended to.

.9 Evidence of lack of careful workmanship.

.10 Unworkmanlike or over expeditious construction.

.11 Lack of attention to the special field duties specified.

Delete Subparagraph 9.5.3 in its entirety.

9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS

Add Clauses 9.6.1.1 and 9.6.1.2 to Subparagraph 9.6.1:

9.6.1.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment and released it to the Owner, the Owner

shall approve payment with Contractor to receive payment by the last day of the following month.

.1 Until Substantial Completion, the Owner will pay ninety-five percent (95%) of the amount

due the Contractor on account of Progress Payments, (5%) retainage.

9.6.1.2 The Owner will, within thirty (30) days of presentation to them of a Notarized Certificate for

Payment, pay the Contractor a progress payment on the basis of the approved Application for Payment.

The laws of the State of Iowa shall be followed regarding Contractor Payment. Final payment shall be

made no sooner than thirty-one (31) days following final approval and acceptance of the completed

project.

Add Subparagraph 9.6.8 to Paragraph 9.6:

Page 39: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

9.6.8 Payment to the Contractor will be made by the Owner from cash on hand from such sources as may

be legally available.

9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

Modify Subparagraph 9.8.l as follows:

Delete the period at the end of the subparagraph and add the following ", subject only to

completion of minor punch list items, the absence of completion of which does not interfere with

the Owner's intended use of the Project."

Add Clause 9.8.3.1 to Subparagraph 9.8.3:

9.8.3.1 The Architect/Engineer will perform no more than two (2) inspections to determine whether the

Work or a designated portion thereof has attained Substantial Completion in accordance with the Contract

Documents. The Owner is entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor for amounts paid to the

Architect/Engineer for any additional inspections.

Add Subparagraphs 9.8.6 and 9.8.7 to Paragraph 9.8:

9.8.6 The Contractor shall reimburse Owner for any Architect/Engineer’s Additional Services and/or

attorneys’ fees incurred as a result of Contractor’s failure to finally complete the Work within sixty (60)

days after date specified in the Contract Documents for Project Substantial Completion, or subsequently

modified by Change Orders or dates established in the Certificate of Substantial Completion.

Reimbursement for these additional services will be deducted by the Owner from the amounts due the

Contractor and paid directly to the Architect/Engineer. For purposes of this paragraph “incurred as a

result of” includes any architectural fees charged to Owner as Additional Fees under the contract due to

the fact that the services were performed sixty (60) days (or some other amount of time specified in the

Owner/Architect Agreement) after Substantial Completion. The nature of the services performed (and

whether they would have otherwise been performed as normal closeout services at some point under

Basic Services) is not relevant to the Contractor’s obligations for reimbursement under this section if the

contract between the Owner and Architect states that any and all services and related fees are defined as

Additional Services solely because they were performed more than sixty (60) days (or some other amount

of time specified in the Owner/Architect Agreement) after Substantial Completion.

9.8.7 Request For Early Release of Retainage Funds: Upon achieving Substantial Completion, as defined

by law, the Contractor may formally request the release of all or part of the retainage funds being held on

the Project. The Contractors' request for Release of the Retainage Funds shall be accompanied by a sworn

statement that ten (10) calendar days prior to filing the Request for Release of the Funds a notice was

given to all known subcontractors, subsubcontractors and suppliers that the Contractor is requesting the

early release of retainage funds. If proper documentation is received from the Contractor, the Owner will

release all retainage funds at the next monthly Board meeting or within thirty (30) days’, whichever is

less, except it may retain the following:

.1 An amount equal to 200% of the value of labor or materials yet to be provided on the Project

as determined by the Owner and its authorized contract representative. For purposes of

section, "authorized contract representative" means the Architect of record on the Project,

unless otherwise specified.

.2 An amount equal to 200% of the value of any Chapter 573 claims currently on file at the

time the Request for Release of Retainage is approved.

Page 40: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

.3 If the Owner withholds an amount from the retainage payment to the Contractor, the Owner

will provide a reason the request is being denied to the Contractor within thirty (30) calendar

days of the receipt of the request.

9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT

Delete Subparagraphs 9.10.1 through 9.10.3 and substitute the following:

9.10.1 When the Contractor has completed or corrected all items on the final Punch List and considers

that the Work is complete and ready for final acceptance, the Contractor must give written notice to the

Owner and the Architect and request a final inspection of the Work as provided in Section 9.10.2. The

Contractor’s notice and request for a final inspection must be accompanied by a final Application for

Payment and the Submittals required by Section 9.10.3.

.1 The Architect/Engineer will perform no more than two (2) inspection to determine whether

the Work or a designated portion thereof has attained Final Completion in accordance with

the Contract Documents. The Owner is entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor for

amounts paid to the Architect/Engineer for any additional inspections.

9.10.2 Upon receipt of the Contractor’s notice and request for final inspection, the Owner and the

Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Owner and the Architect concur that the

Work has been fully completed and is acceptable under the Contract Documents, the Architect will issue

a Certificate of Final Completion to the Owner. The Contractor’s notice and request for final inspection

constitutes a representation by the Contractor to the Owner and the Work has been completed in full and

strict accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. The Architect will promptly

notify the Contractor if the Owner or the Architect do not concur that the Work is finally complete. In

such case, the Contractor must bear the cost of any additional services of the Owner or the Architect until

the Work is determined to be finally complete services of the Owner or the Architect until the Work is

determined to be finally complete.

9.10.3 Final Payment will be made no earlier than thirty-one (31) days following approval by the School

Board at a regularly scheduled meeting, receipt of all Chapter 573 Claim Releases (the equivalent of lien

waivers for Iowa public improvement projects), Sales Tax information, and all other required closeout

documents, and subject to the conditions of and in accordance with the provisions of Iowa Code Chapter

573 and Iowa Code Chapter 26. Owner may withhold from final payment any and all amounts required

to reimburse the Owner for all costs, fees (including reasonable attorney’s fees) it incurred as a result of

any Chapter 573 Claims filed on the project. Neither final payment nor any remaining retained

percentage will become due until the Contractor submits the following documents to the Architect.

.1 An Affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness

connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner’s property might be

responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner), have been paid or otherwise

satisfied, submitted on AIA Document G706, Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims

(latest edition) or such other form as may be prescribed by the Owner.

.2 A release or waiver of liens on behalf of the Contractor and a similar release or waiver on

behalf of each Subcontractor and supplier, accompanied by AIA Document G706A,

Affidavit of Release of Liens (latest edition) or such other form as may be prescribed by

the Owner;

.3 A certificate evidencing that the Contractor’s liability insurance and Performance Bond

remain in effect during the one-year correction period following Substantial Completion as

set forth in Section 12.2.2.1 and 12.2.2.2;

.4 A written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance

Page 41: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents;

.5 Consent of surety to final payment, submitted on AIA Document G707 (latest edition) or

other form prescribed by the Owner;

.6 Other data required by the Owner establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such

as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising

out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be prescribed by the Owner;

.7 A certified building location survey and as-built site plan in the form and number required

by the Contract Documents.

.8 All warranties and bonds required by the contract Documents; and

.9 Record Documents as provided in Section 3.22 and return of Contract Documents as

provided therein.

ARTICLE 10

PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY

10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY

Add Clause 10.2.4.1 to Subparagraph 10.2.4:

10.2.4.1 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods

are necessary, the Contractor shall give the Owner reasonable advance notice.

Add Clause 10.2.5.1 to Subparagraph 10.2.5:

10.2.5.1 Contractors required remedial action for damage and loss to property referred to in Sections

10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 shall repair the damaged materials and surfaces to their original condition, or better,

to the satisfaction of the Owner. All such repairs are the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be

accomplished at no additional cost to the Owner.

Add Subparagraph 10.2.9 to Paragraph 10.2:

10.2.9 At the end of the day’s work, all new work likely to be damaged shall be covered. During cold

weather protect all work from damage. If low temperatures make it impossible to continue operations

safely in spite of cold weather precautions, work shall cease after notifying Architect/Engineer. All other

protective measures not mentioned above which may be required shall be furnished by the particular

contractor responsible for such protection.

10.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

Add Clause 10.3.1.1to Subparagraph 10.3.1:

10.3.1.1 On construction projects involving additions or modifications to existing building, the Owner"

shall provide the Contractor with a copy of the Asbestos Management Plan for the individual building.

Add Clause 10.3.4.1to Subparagraph 10.3.4:

10.3.4.1 No product containing asbestos or Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB) shall be incorporated into the

Work.

Page 42: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

ARTICLE 11

INSURANCE AND BONDS

11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE

Add Clauses 11.1.1.9 and 11.1.1.10 to Subparagraph 11.1.1:

11.1.1.9 Liability insurance shall include all major divisions of coverage and be on a comprehensive basis

including:

.1 Premises Operations (including X, C, and U coverages as applicable)

.2 Independent Contractors' Protective

.3 Products and Completed Operations

.4 Personal and Advertising Injury Liability

.5 Contractual, including specified provision for Contractor's obligation under Paragraph 3.18

.6 Owned, non-owned, and hired motor vehicles

.7 Broad Form Property Damage including Completed Operations

.8 General Aggregate Limit shall apply per project.

11.1.1.10 If the General Liability coverages are provided by a Commercial General Liability Policy on a

claims-made basis, the policy date or Retroactive Date shall predate the Contract; the termination date of

the policy or applicable extended reporting period shall be no earlier than the termination date of

coverages required to be maintained after final payment, certified in accordance with Subparagraph

9.10.2.

Add Clause 11.1.2.1 to Subparagraph 11.1.2:

11.1.2.1 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than the following

limits, or greater, if required by law:

.1 Worker's Compensation: (a) State: (b) Applicable Federal: (c) Employer's Liability:

Statutory Statutory

$500,000 per Accident

$500,000 Disease, Policy Limit

$500,000 Disease, Each Employee

(d) The Workers Compensation policy shall include a waiver of subrogation clause

in favor of the Owner.

.2 Comprehensive or Commercial General Liability (including Premises-Operation;

Independent Contractor's Protective; Products and Completed Operations; Broad Form

Property Damage): (a) Bodily Injury:

$2,000,000 Each Occurrence

$2,000,000 Aggregate

(b) Property Damage: $2,000,000 Each Occurrence

$2,000,000 Annual Aggregate

(c) Products and Completed Operations to be maintained for 2 years after final

payment.

Page 43: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

$2,000,000 Aggregate

(d) Property Damage Liability shall provide X, C and U coverage. (e) Broad Form Property Damage Coverage shall include Completed Operations.

.3 Contractual Liability: (a) Bodily Injury:

$1,000,000 Each Occurrence

$1,000,000 Aggregate

(b) Property Damage: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence

$1,000,000 Aggregate

.4 Personal Injury, with Employment Exclusion deleted: $1,000,000 Aggregate

.5 Business Auto Liability (including owned, non-owned, hired vehicles, and scheduled): (a) Bodily injury:

$1,000,000 Each Person

$1,000,000 Each Occurrence

(b) Property Damage: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence

.6 Umbrella Excess Liability: $3,000,000 over primary insurance

$10,000 retention for self-insured hazards each occurrence

Add Clause 11.1.2.2to Subparagraph 11.1.2:

11.1.2.2 The Contractor's Insurance shall contain a Non Waiver of Government Immunity Endorsement

pursuant to Chapter 670.4 of the Iowa Code.

Add the following sentence to the end of Subparagraph 11.1.3:

If this insurance is written on the Comprehensive General Liability policy form, the Certificates

shall be AIA Document G705, Certificate of Insurance. If this insurance is written on a

Commercial General Liability policy form, ACORD form 25S will be acceptable. Insurance shall

name Davenport Community School District and _____________ as additional insured with the

exception of Worker's Compensation.

11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE

Add the following sentences to the end of Subparagraph 11.3.1:

The form of policy for this coverage shall be Completed Value. This property insurance is written with a

deductible of $1000.00.

11.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND

Delete Subparagraph 11.4.1 and substitute the following:

11.4.1 The Contractor shall furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of

obligations arising thereunder. Bonds may be obtained through the Contractor's usual source and the cost

thereof shall be included in the Contract Sum. The amount of each bond shall be equal to one hundred

Page 44: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

percent (100%) of the Contract Sum.

.1 The Contractor shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than ten days following

the date the Agreement is entered into, or, if the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in

response to a letter of intent, the Contractor shall, prior to the commencement of the Work,

submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be furnished.

.2 The Contractor shall require the attorney-in-fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of

the surety to affix thereto a certified and current copy of the power of attorney.

ARTICLE 12

AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK

Modify Subparagraph 12.1.1 as follows:

Insert the words, “upon written authorization from the Owner,” between “Architect” and “be

uncovered” in the second line.

Modify Subparagraph 12.1.2 as follows:

Insert the words, “upon written authorization from the Owner,” between “any request” and “to

see” in the second line.

12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK

Delete Clause 12.2.2.1 in its entirety and substitute the following:

12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor’s obligations under Section 3.5, if, within two (2) years after the

date of Final Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement

of warranties established under any other provision of the Contract Documents, or by terms of an

applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found not to be in

accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly

after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the

Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after

discovery of the condition. Before commencing correction of the Work, Contractor shall submit to the

Owner a written description of its proposed repair. This proposal must be approved by the Design

Professional before the Contractor commences the repair. Once the Contractor has completed the repair

work, it shall notify the Owner and Design Professional who shall promptly review the corrected work. If

the Design Professional or the Owner rejects the correct work, the Contractor shall continue with the

repairs until such time as the Design Professional and the Owner accept the corrected work. Where the

Contractor corrects defective work during the initial one (1) year period after Final Completion, if the

Owner discovers defects in the corrected work within one (1) year after the repairs are made, then the

Contractor shall be obligated, upon written notice from the Owner, to correct such defects within one (1)

year from the date that the repairs were made.”

Add Subparagraph 12.2.6 to Paragraph 12.2:

12.2.6 Add the following as new subparagraph 12.2.6: “If the Contractor fails or refuses to correct the

Work in accordance with its obligations under the Contract Documents after written notice from the

Owner, then the Owner may correct the Work and the Contractor shall be liable for the costs to correct the

Work, any related architectural, engineering or other consulting costs, attorney’s fees and expenses, and

Page 45: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

fines or penalties, if any. Any amounts due to the Owner from the Contractor under this Section may be

withheld from the balance of the Contract Sum not yet paid.”

ARTICLE 13

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

13.1 GOVERNING LAW

Delete Paragraph 13.1 and substitute the following:

13.1 The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Iowa.

13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

Delete Subparagraph 13.2.2 in its entirety.

13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Add the following after the second sentence in Subparagraph 13.5.1:

The Contractor must schedule all tests, inspections or specific approvals required by law or the

Contract Documents so as to avoid any delay in the Work.

13.5.1 Delete the last sentence of Paragraph 13.5.1.

Add Subparagraph 13.5.7 to Paragraph 13.5:

13.5.7 In addition to the tests required by this Section 13.5, the Owner may at any time arrange for other

tests, inspections and specific approvals to be performed by others selected by the Owner, at the Owner’s

expense. The Contractor must cooperate with the Owner and provide access to the Work for such tests,

inspections and approvals.”

13.6 INTEREST

Delete Paragraph 13.6.and substitute the following:

13.6 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date the

payment is due and shall bear interest at the rate established by Section 573.14 or Section74A.2, Code of

Iowa, whichever is less.

13.7 TIME LIMITS ON CLAIMS

Modify Paragraph 13.7 as follows:

The Owner and Contractor shall commence all claims and causes of action, whether in contract,

tort, breach of warranty or otherwise, against the other arising out of or related to the Contract in

accordance with the requirements of the final dispute resolution method selected in the

Agreement within 10 years after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work. The Owner and

Contractor waive all claims and causes of action not commenced in accordance with this Section

13.7.

Page 46: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

Add Paragraphs 13.8 through 13.10 to Article 13:

13.8 CONFORMANCE WITH LAWS

13.8.1 The Contractor shall conform in all respects with the provisions of the Federal Civil Rights Act,

the Code of Iowa, Chapter 216 Civil Rights Commission and the rules and regulations adopted thereto

by the Iowa Civil Rights Commission. The Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or

applicant because of race, creed, color, sex, national origin, religion, familial status, sexual orientation,

gender identity, genetic information, ethnic background, or the age of the applicant. The Contractor will

select qualified applicants with disabilities who can perform the essential functions of the job or position

with or without reasonable accommodations. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable federal,

state and local, laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, policies and procedures, including the Davenport

Community School District policies and procedures and the Iowa Smoke Free Air Act.

13.8.2 The Contractor shall require similar clauses in all of its subcontracts for service or materials.

13.8.3 The Contractor shall comply with Iowa Code 692A.113, and shall certify that it is not managed,

operated or owned by a person who is a registered sex offender convicted of a sex offense against a

minor. Contractor shall also prohibit any employee who is such a sex offender from being on Owner's

school property. The Contractor shall not permit any Subcontractor, Vendor or Supplier which is owned,

managed or operated by a sex offender convicted of a sex offense against a minor, or any such sex

offender employee of any of them, to be present on Owner's school property. The. Contractor shall further

acknowledge and certify services provided under this contract comply with Iowa Code 692A.113, and

shall execute and deliver a copy of "Certificate of Compliance" within ten (10) days of the execution of

the Agreement or before and any Company workers are on the Project site.

13.9 OWNER’S RIGHT TO OCCUPY

Owner shall have the right to occupy, without prejudice to rights of either party, any completed or largely

completed portion of structure or Work, notwithstanding the fact that time for completing entire Work, or

such portion thereof, may not have expired. Such occupancy and use shall not be an acceptance of Work

taken or used.

13.10 REBATES

Owner shall have the right to apply for, and secure all rebates which are available when Bids are received.

Contractor shall provide invoices, itemizations, and cooperation to the Owner in this regard.

Page 47: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

ARTICLE 14

TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT

14.1 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT

Delete Subparagraph 14.1.1 in its entirety and substitute the following:

14.1.1 The Contractor has no right to stop Work as a consequence of non-payment. In the event of any

disagreement between the Contractor and Owner involving the Contractor’s entitlement to payment, the

Contractor’s only remedy is to file a Claim in accordance with Article 15. The Contractor must diligently

proceed with the Work pending resolution of the Claim. If, however, an Application for Payment has

been approved for payment by the Owner, and the Owner fails to make payment within sixty (60) days of

the approval for payment by the Owner, the Contractor may upon ten (10) days written notice to the

Owner, stop work if payment is not made by the Owner within ten (10) days following the notice.

Delete subparagraphs 14.1.2 through 14.1.4 in their entirety.

14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE

Delete subparagraphs 14.2.1 through 14.2.4 in their entirety and substitute the following:

14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract for cause if the Contractor:

.1 Fails to supply adequate properly skilled workers or proper materials;

.2 Fails to make payment to Subcontractors or Suppliers for materials or labor in accordance

with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors or Suppliers;

.3 Fails to comply with any laws, ordinances, or rules, regulations or orders of a public

authority having jurisdiction;

.4 Fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or otherwise breaches

any provision of the Contract Documents;

.5 Anticipatorily breaches or repudiates the Contract;

.6 Fails to make satisfactory progress in the prosecution of the Work required by the Contract;

or

.7 Endangers the performance of this Contract.

14.2.2 The Owner may terminate the Contract, in whole or in part, whenever the Owner determines that

sufficient grounds for termination exist as provided in Subsection 14.2.1. The Owner will provide the

Contractor with a written notice to cure the default. If the default is not cured, the termination for default

is effective on the date specified in the Owner’s written notice. However, if the Owner determines that

default contributes to the curtailment of an essential service or poses an immediate threat to life, health, or

property, the Owner may terminate the Contract immediately upon issuing oral or written notice to the

Contractor without any prior notice or opportunity to cure. In addition to any other remedies provided by

law or the Contract, the Contractor must compensate the Owner for additional costs that foreseeably

would be incurred by the Owner, whether the costs are actually incurred or not, to obtain substitute

performance. A termination for default in a termination for convenience if the termination for default is

later found to be without justification.

Page 48: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

14.2.3 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of termination, the Contractor must:

.1 Cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice and, if required by the Owner and

Architect, participate in an inspection of the Work with the Owner, and the Architect to

record the extent of completion thereof to identify the Work remaining to be completed or

corrected, and to determine what temporary facilities, tools, equipment and construction

machinery are to remain at the Site pending completion of the Work;

.2 Complete or correct the items directed by the Owner, and take actions necessary, or that the

Owner may direct, for the protection and preservation of any stored materials and equipment

and completed Work;

.3 Unless otherwise directed by the Owner, remove its tools, equipment and construction

machinery from the Site; and

.4 Except as directed by the Owner, terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and

enter into further subcontracts or purchase orders.

14.2.4 Following written notice from the Owner of termination, the Owner may:

.1 Take possession of the Site and of all materials and equipment thereon, and at the Owner’s

option, such temporary facilities, tools, construction equipment and machinery thereon

owned or rented by the Contractor that the Owner elects to utilize in completing the Work;

.2 Accept assignment of subcontracts and purchase orders, and

.3 Complete the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient.

Add Subparagraphs 14.2.5 through 14.2.9 to Paragraph 14.2:

14.2.5 Upon termination for cause, the Contractor must take those actions described in Section 14.2.3,

and the Owner may take those actions described in Section 14.2.4, subject to the prior rights of the

Contractor’s Surety.

14.2.6 When the Owner terminates the Contract for cause, the Contractor is not entitled to receive further

payment until the Work is completed and the costs of completion have been established.

14.2.7 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum less amounts which the Owner is entitled to offset from

the unpaid Contract balance, including actual or Liquidated Damages, compensation for the Architect’s

services and expenses made necessary thereby, and other damages and expenses incurred by the Owner,

including reasonable attorney’s fees, exceeds the costs of completing the Work, including compensation

for the Owner’s and the Architect’s services made necessary thereby, such excess will be paid to the

Contractor or Surety, as directed by the Surety. If such costs exceed the unpaid Contract balance, the

Contractor must pay the difference to the Owner upon written demand. This obligation for payment

survives termination of the Contract.

14.2.8 In completing the Work following termination for cause, the Owner is not required to solicit

competitive bids or to award completion work to the lowest bidder, but may obtain such completion work

and related services on the basis of sole source procurement and negotiated compensation.

14.2.9 If the Contractor files for protection, or a petition is filed against it, under the Bankruptcy laws, and

Contractor wishes to affirm the Contract, Contractor shall immediately file with the Bankruptcy Court a

motion to affirm the Contract and shall provide satisfactory evidence to Owner and to the Court of its

ability to cure all present defaults and its ability to timely and successfully complete the Work. If

Contractor does not make such an immediate filing, Contractor accepts that Owner shall petition the

Bankruptcy Court to lift the Automatic Stay and permit Owner to terminate the Contract.

Page 49: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

14.4 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE

Delete Subparagraphs 14.4.1 through 14.4.3 in their entirety and substitute the following:

14.4.1 The Owner may, at any time, terminate the Contract or any portion thereof or the Work for the

Owner’s convenience and without cause.

14.4.2 Upon receipt of the written notice from the Owner of termination, the Owner must:

.1 Cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice and, if required by the Owner,

participate in an inspection of the Work with the Owner and the Architect/Engineer to record

the extent of completion thereof, to identify the Work remaining to be completed or

corrected, and to determine what temporary facilities, tools, equipment and construction

machinery are to remain at the Site pending completion of the Work;

.2 Complete or correct the items directed by the Owner, and take actions necessary, or that the

Owner may direct, for the protection and preservation of any stored materials and equipment

and completed Work;

.3 Unless otherwise directed by the Owner, remove its tools, equipment and construction

machinery from the Site, and

.4 Except as directed by the Owner, terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders

related to the Work and enter into no further subcontracts or purchase orders therefor.

14.4.3 Following written notice from the Owner of termination, the Owner may:

.1 Take possession of the Site and of all materials and equipment thereon, and at the Owner’s

option, such temporary facilities, tools, construction equipment and machinery thereon

owned or rented by the Contractor that the Owner elects to utilize in completing the Work;

.2 Accept assignment of subcontracts and purchase orders; and

.3 Complete the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient.

14.4.4 In case of termination for the Owner’s convenience, the Contractor will be entitled to

compensation only for the following items:

.1 Payment for acceptable Work performed up to the date of termination;

.2 The costs of preservation and protection of the Work if requested to do so by the Owner;

.3 The cost of terminating the following contracts including:

a. Purchased materials but only if not returnable and provided to the Owner, or the

restocking or return charge, if any, if returnable at the Owner’s written election;

b. Equipment rental contracts if not terminable at no cost but not to exceed an amount

equal to thirty (30) days rental;

c. Documented transportation costs associated with removing Contractor-owned

equipment.

d. Documents demobilization and close-out costs; and

e. Overhead and profit on the foregoing not to exceed ten percent (10%).

.4 The Contractor will not be compensated for the cost of terminating subcontracts, which must

be terminable at no cost to the Owner if the Contract is terminated.

Page 50: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

.5 The Contractor will not be compensated for the cost of any idled employees unless the

employee is under a written employment contract entitling the employee to continued

employment after termination of the Contract and the employee cannot be assigned to other

work provided that in all events the Contractor’s costs must be limited to thirty (30) days of

employment costs from the date of the notice of termination. The Contractor is not entitled

to any other costs or compensation (including lost or expected profit, uncompensated

overhead or related expenses, or the cost of preparing and documenting its compensable

expenses under this Subsection 14.4.4 as a consequence of the Owner’s termination of the

Contract for convenience). The Contractor conclusively and irrevocably waives its right to

any other compensation or damages (compensatory or punitive) arising from termination of

the Contract. If the Owner and the Contractor are unable to agree upon the amounts

specified in this subsection, the Contractor may submit a Claim as provided in Article 15.

The Claim must be limited to resolution of the amounts specified in Subsections14.4.4.1,

14.4.4.2, 14.4.4.3 and 14.4.4.4 of this Subsection 14.4.4. No other cost, damages or

expenses may be claimed or paid to the Contractor or considered as part of the Claim, the

same being hereby conclusively and irrevocably waived by the Contractor. Any such Claim

must be delivered to the Owner within thirty (30) days of the termination of the Contract and

must contain a written statement setting forth the specific reasons and supporting

calculations and documentation as to the amounts the Contractor claims to be entitled to

under this Subsection as a result of the termination of the Contract.

14.4.5 The Contractor’s obligations surviving final payment under the Contract, including without

limitation those with respect to insurance, indemnification, and correction of Work that has been

completed at the time of termination, remains effective notwithstanding termination for convenience of

the Owner.

ARTICLE 15

CLAIMS AND DISPUTES

15.1 CLAIMS

Delete Subparagraphs 15.1.1 through 15.1.3 in their entirety and substitute the following:

15.1.1 A Claim is a written demand or assertion by the Contractor seeking, as a matter of right, payment

of money, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The responsibility to substantiate

Claims shall rest with the Contractor. Nothing contained in this subsection 15.1.1 is intended to apply to

or in any way limit the Owner’s right to make claims related to or arising out of the Contract.”

15.1.2 Claims by the Contractor must be initiated by written notice to the Owner and to the Initial

Decision Maker with a copy sent to the Architect, if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision

Maker. Claims by the Contract must be initiated within ten (10) days after occurrence of the event giving

rise to such Claim or within ten (10) days after the Contractor first recognizes the condition giving rise to

the Claim, whichever is later. As a condition to making a claim for additional costs, the Contractor shall

maintain and produce accurate records to substantiate all additional costs actually incurred. If a Claim for

actual cost is approved, the Owner shall pay the Contractor actual costs incurred plus either (a) ten

percent (10%) for overhead and profit for work performed by the Contractor, or (b) five percent (5%)

overhead and profit for work performed by a subcontractor, as applicable.”

15.1.3 Pending final resolution of a Claim, except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Section

9.7 and Article 14, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract is accordance

Page 51: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

with the Contract Documents.”

Add Clauses 15.1.5.3 and 15.1.5.4 to Subparagraph 15.1.5:

15.1.5.3 Claims for increase in the Contract Time shall set forth in detail the circumstances that form the

basis for the Claim, the date upon which each cause of delay began to affect the progress of the Work, the

date upon which each cause of delay ceased to affect the progress of the Work and the number of days’

increase in the Contract Time claimed as a consequence of each such cause of delay. The Contractor shall

provide such supporting documentation as the Owner may require including, where appropriate, a revised

construction schedule indicating all the activities affected by the circumstances forming the basis of the

Claim.

15.1.5.4 The Contractor shall not be entitled to a separate increase in the Contract Time for each one of

the number of causes of delay which may have concurrent or interrelated effects on the progress of the

Work, or for concurrent delays due to the fault of the Contractor.

15.2 INITIAL DECISION

Modify Subparagraph 15.2.5 as follows:

Delete that last sentence of the subparagraph.

Delete Subparagraph 15.2.6 and Clause 15.2.6.1 in their entirety.

Delete Subparagraph 15.2.8

15.3 MEDIATION

Delete Subparagraph 15.3.1 and substitute the following:

15.3.1 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which, unless the parties mutually

agree otherwise, shall be administered in accordance with Iowa Code Chapter 679C, as amended. A

request for mediation shall be made in writing, and delivered to the other party to the Contract. The

request may be made concurrently with the filing of binding dispute resolution proceedings but, in such

event, mediation shall proceed in advance of binding dispute resolution proceedings, which shall be

stayed pending mediation for a period of sixty (60) days from the date of filing, unless stayed for a longer

period by agreement of the parties or court order.

Delete Section 15.3.2 and substitute the following:

15.3.2 The parties shall endeavor in good faith to resolve claims, disputes and other matters in question

between them by mutual agreement and may, by mutual agreement and in their discretion, submit same to

non-binding mediation which shall be in accordance with Iowa Code Chapter 679C. Requests for

mediation shall be given in writing to the other Party to this Agreement. If the Owner and Contractor are

unable to mutually agree upon mediator in writing within sixty (60) days of receiving written request for

mediation, either party may then institute legal or equitable proceedings. Mediation shall be voluntary

only and shall not be a prerequisite to litigation or other means of dispute resolution.

Delete Section 15.3.3 in its entirety.

Page 52: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

15.4 ARBITRATION

Delete Subparagraphs 15.4.1, 15.4.1.1, 15.4.2, 15.4.3 in their entirety and substitute the following:

15.4.1 Notwithstanding other provisions in these General Conditions, such as those contained in 4.1.2 and

4.1.3, no claim, dispute, or other matter coming into question shall be subject to arbitration. Rather all

claims shall be subject to litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction. Any legal claim brought under

this Agreement shall be filed in the Iowa District Court in and for Scott County, unless otherwise

mutually agreed to by the parties.

01399394-1\14761-045

Page 53: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 54: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 55: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 56: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 57: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 58: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 59: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 60: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 61: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 62: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 63: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 64: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 65: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 66: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 67: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 68: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 69: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 70: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 71: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 72: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 73: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 74: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 75: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 76: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 77: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 78: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 79: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 80: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 81: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 82: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 83: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

BONDS AND CERTIFICATES

00 6113-1

SECTION 00 61 13 - BONDS AND CERTIFICATES

American Institute of Architects Document A312, Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond, December, 1984, and Document G715–1991, Supplemental Attachment for ACORD Certificate of Insurance 25-S, 2001 Edition, or ACCORD form 25-S, shall be submitted to fulfill the requirements of the Bidding Documents. All submittals shall be on original forms with original signatures.

END OF SECTION 00 61 13

Page 84: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 85: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

SUMMARY 01 1000-1

SECTION 01 1000 - SUMMARY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Work covered by the Contract Documents. 2. Type of the Contract. 3. Work phases. 4. Work under other contracts. 5. Products ordered in advance. 6. Owner-furnished products. 7. Use of premises. 8. Owner's occupancy requirements. 9. Work restrictions. 10. Specification formats and conventions.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 01 Section "Multiple Contract Summary" for division of responsibilities for the Work.

2. Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities.

1.03 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. Project Identification: Davenport Schools Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 - 19035

1. Project Location: Jefferson Elementary and Smart Intermediate

B. Owner: Davenport Community School District. 1702 N. Main Street Davenport, IA 52803

1. Owner's Representative: Rudy Schellekens

C. Design Professional: Design Engineers Cedar Rapids, IA 52404

D. The Work consists of the following:

1. The Work includes the complete demolition and replacement for network and intercom cable and specified equipment at Jefferson Elementary and Smart Intermediate Schools. The replacement will incorporate all backbone serving cables via fiber optics or multi-pair copper and system bonding. The project includes replacement of existing telecom rooms and establishing new service boundaries for each. Video intercom communication and door accessibility for visitors will be incorporated at specified locations.

1.04 TYPE OF CONTRACT

A. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract.

Page 86: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

SUMMARY 01 1000-2

1.05 PRODUCTS ORDERED IN ADVANCE

A. General: Owner has negotiated Purchase Orders with suppliers of material and equipment to be incorporated into the Work. Owner will assign these Purchase Orders to Contractor. Costs for receiving, handling, storage if required, and installation of material and equipment are included in the Contract Sum.

1. Contractor's responsibilities are same as if Contractor had negotiated Purchase Orders, including responsibility to renegotiate purchase and to execute final Purchase-Order agreements.

1.06 USE OF PREMISES

A. Use of Site: Limit use of premises to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.

1. Limits: Confine constructions operations to exterior building doors having electrified hardware and areas within the building needed to access supporting communication and electrical systems.

2. Owner Occupancy: Allow for Owner occupancy of Project site. 3. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways loading areas, and entrances serving

premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of

materials and equipment on-site.

B. Use of Existing Building: Maintain existing building in a weathertight condition throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Protect building and its occupants during construction period.

1.07 OWNER'S OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS

A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy site and existing building during entire construction period. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's day-to-day operations. Maintain existing exits, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.

2. Provide not less than [72] <Insert number> hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations.

B. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the premises during entire construction period, with the exception of areas under construction. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. Maintain existing exits, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.

2. Provide not less 7 days’ notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations.

C. Owner Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in completed areas of building, before Substantial Completion,

Page 87: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

SUMMARY 01 1000-3

provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placement of equipment and partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work.

1. Design Professional will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific portion of the Work to be occupied before Owner occupancy.

2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before Owner occupancy.

3. Before partial Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operational, and required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed. On occupancy, Owner will operate and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving occupied portions of building.

4. On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service for occupied portions of building.

1.08 WORK RESTRICTIONS

A. On-Site Work Hours: Work shall be generally performed inside the existing building during normal business working hours of 4:00 p.m. to 10:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, except otherwise indicated.

B. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:

1. Notify Design Engineer’s Project Manager and the DCSD LIS Construction Manager not less than two (2) days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.

2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Design Engineer’s Project Manager and the DCSD LIS Construction Manager written permission.

1.09 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS

A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the 50-division format and CSI/CSC's "Master Format" numbering system.

1. Section Identification: The Specifications use Section numbers and titles to help cross-referencing in the Contract Documents. Sections in the Project Manual are in numeric sequence; however, the sequence is incomplete because all available Section numbers are not used. Consult the table of contents at the beginning of the Project Manual to determine numbers and names of Sections in the Contract Documents.

2. Division 01: Sections in Division 01 govern the execution of the Work of all Sections in the Specifications.

B. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows:

1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied, but not stated, shall be inferred as the sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates.

2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor. Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by others when so noted.

Page 88: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

SUMMARY 01 1000-4

a. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.

1.10 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 1000

Page 89: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035

Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

UNIT PRICES

01 2200-1

SECTION 01 2200 - UNIT PRICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices. B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 01 Section "Allowances" for procedures for using unit prices to adjust quantity allowances.

2. Division 01 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for submitting and handling Change Orders.

3. Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for general testing and inspecting requirements.

4. Division <Insert Division number> Section "<Insert Section title>"for procedures for measurement and payment for <Insert unit-price item>.

1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Unit price is [ an amount proposed by bidders, stated on the Bid Form, as] a price per unit of

measurement for materials or services added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased.

1.04 PROCEDURES A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance,

[applicable taxes,] overhead, and profit. B. Measurement and Payment: Refer to individual Specification Sections for work that requires

establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specified in those Sections.

C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work-in-place that involves use of

established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense, by an independent surveyor acceptable to Contractor.

D. List of Unit Prices: A list of unit prices is included in Part 3. Specification Sections referenced in

the schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit price.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 LIST OF UNIT PRICES A. Unit Price No. <Insert unit-price number> - <Insert unit-price item>:

Page 90: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035

Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

UNIT PRICES

01 2200-2

1. Description: <Insert unit-price item description> according to Division <Insert Division number> Section "<Insert Section title>."

2. Unit of Measurement: <Insert unit of measurement.> END OF SECTION 01 2200

Page 91: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035

Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

ALTERNATES

01 2300-1

SECTION 01 2300 – ALTERNATES

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in

the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if Owner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents.

1. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract

Sum to incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum.

1.04 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate work

of the alternate into Project.

1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part of alternate.

A. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing, of

the status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates.

B. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract. C. Schedule: A Schedule of Alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections

referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the work described under each alternate.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 2300

Page 92: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 93: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 2600-1

SECTION 01 2600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 01 Section "Allowances" for procedural requirements for handling and processing allowances.

2. Division 01 Section "Unit Prices" for administrative requirements for using unit prices. 3. Division 01 Section "Product Requirements" for administrative procedures for handling

requests for substitutions made after Contract award.

1.03 CHANGES IN THE WORK

A. Design Professional will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time on "Instruction To Contractor (ITC) form. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.

1. ITCs issued by Design Professional are for information only. Do not consider them instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change.

2. Within 14 days after receipt of ITC, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with

total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.

b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.

c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect

of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.

B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change to Design Professional.

1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.

2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.

3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.

4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.

Page 94: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 2600-2

5. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.

6. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Product Requirements" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified.

1.04 ALLOWANCES

A. Allowance Adjustment: To adjust allowance amounts, base each Change Order proposal on the difference between purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by final measurement of work-in-place. If applicable, include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, and similar margins.

1. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the allowance.

2. If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution of overhead costs and other margins claimed.

3. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of work, if any, claimed in Change Orders related to unit-cost allowances.

4. Owner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work-in-place by independent quantity survey, measure, or count.

B. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the allowance described in the Contract Documents, whether for the Purchase Order amount or Contractor's handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit. Submit claims within [21] <Insert number> days of receipt of the Change Order or Construction Change Directive authorizing work to proceed. Owner will reject claims submitted later than [21] <Insert number> days after such authorization.

1. Do not include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change Order cost amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of work has changed from what could have been foreseen from information in the Contract Documents.

2. No change to Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or lower-priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated.

1.05 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES

A. On Owner's approval of a ITC, Design Professional will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01 2600

Page 95: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2900-1

SECTION 01 2900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment.

B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 01 Section "Allowances" for procedural requirements governing handling and

processing of allowances. 2. Division 01 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures for

handling changes to the Contract. 3. Division 01 Section "Unit Prices" for administrative requirements governing use of unit

prices. 4. Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative

requirements governing preparation and submittal of Contractor's Construction Schedule and Submittals Schedule.

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment.

1.04 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule.

1. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including the following:

a. Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets. b. Submittals Schedule. c. Contractor's Construction Schedule.

2. Submit the Schedule of Values to Design Professional at earliest possible date but no later than seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment.

3. Sub-schedules: Where the Work is separated into phases requiring separately phased payments, provide sub-schedules showing values correlated with each phase of payment.

B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one-line item for each Specification Section.

1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values:

a. Project name and location. b. Name of Design Professional. c. Design Professional's project number.

Page 96: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2900-2

d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal.

2. Submit draft of AIA Document G703 Continuation Sheets. 3. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the

following for each item listed:

a. Related Specification Section or Division. b. Description of the Work. c. Name of subcontractor. d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator. e. Name of supplier. f. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value. g. Dollar value.

1) Percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent.

4. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project Manual table of contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts, where appropriate.

5. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. 6. Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where

Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed.

a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. If specified, include evidence of insurance or bonded warehousing.

7. Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work.

8. Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each allowance. Show line-item value of unit-cost allowances, as a product of the unit cost, multiplied by measured quantity. Use information indicated in the Contract Documents to determine quantities.

9. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item.

a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of Values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option.

10. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum.

1.05 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT

A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Design Professional and paid for by Owner.

1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.

B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction Work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement.

Page 97: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2900-3

C. Payment Application Times: Progress payments shall be submitted to Design Professional by the tenth day of the month. The period covered by each Application for Payment is one month, ending on the last day of the month.

D. Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 Continuation Sheets as form for Applications for Payment.

E. Payment Application Forms: Use forms provided by Owner for Applications for Payment. Sample copies are included at end of this Section.

F. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Design Professional will return incomplete applications without action.

1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.

2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application.

G. Transmittal: Submit 2 signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to Design Professional. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required.

1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01 2900

Page 98: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 99: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

01 3100-1

SECTION 01 3100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Coordination Drawings. 2. Administrative and supervisory personnel. 3. Project meetings. 4. Requests for Interpretation (RFIs).

B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility will be assigned to a specific contractor.

C. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 01 Section "Multiple Contract Summary" for a description of the division of Work among separate contracts and responsibility for coordination activities not in this Section.

2. Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting Contractor's Construction Schedule.

3. Division 01 Section "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points.

4. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract.

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. RFI: Request from Contractor seeking interpretation or clarification of the Contract Documents.

1.04 COORDINATION

A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.

B. Coordination: Each contractor shall coordinate its construction operations with those of other contractors and entities to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Each contractor shall coordinate its operations with operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.

1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation.

2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.

3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. 4. Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to

ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair of all components, including mechanical and electrical.

Page 100: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

01 3100-2

C. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings.

1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required.

D. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Preinstallation conferences. 7. Project closeout activities. 8. Startup and adjustment of systems. 9. Project closeout activities.

E. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials.

1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work. Refer to other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. Coordination Drawings: Prepare Coordination Drawings if limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components or if coordination is required for installation of products and materials fabricated by separate entities.

1. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Coordination Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural,

structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems. b. Indicate required installation sequences. c. Indicate dimensions shown on the Contract Drawings and make specific note of

dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternate sketches to Design Professional for resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract.

2. Sheet Size: At least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 30 by 42 inches. 3. Number of Copies: Submit electronic (pdf) copies of each submittal. Design

Professional will return copy with comments.

B. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including home and office telephone numbers. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as standbys in the absence of individuals assigned to Project.

Page 101: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

01 3100-3

1. Post copies of list in Project meeting room, in temporary field office, and by each temporary telephone. Keep list current at all times.

1.06 ADMINISTRATIVE AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL

A. General: In addition to Project superintendent, provide other administrative and supervisory personnel as required for proper performance of the Work.

1. Include special personnel required for coordination of operations with other contractors.

1.07 PROJECT MEETINGS

A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Design Professional of scheduled meeting dates and times.

2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the

meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Design Professional, within three days of the meeting.

B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Design Professional, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. Hold the conference at Project site or another convenient location. Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments.

1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Design Professional, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following:

a. Tentative construction schedule. b. Phasing. c. Critical work sequencing and long-lead items. d. Designation of key personnel and their duties. e. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. f. Procedures for RFIs. g. Procedures for testing and inspecting. h. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. i. Distribution of the Contract Documents. j. Submittal procedures. k. LEED requirements. l. Preparation of Record Documents. m. Use of the premises and existing building. n. Work restrictions. o. Owner's occupancy requirements. p. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. q. Construction waste management and recycling. r. Parking availability. s. Office, work, and storage areas. t. Equipment deliveries and priorities. u. First aid. v. Security. w. Progress cleaning. x. Working hours.

Page 102: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

01 3100-4

3. Minutes: Record and distribute meeting minutes.

C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction.

1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Design Professional of scheduled meeting dates.

2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following:

a. The Contract Documents. b. Options. c. Related RFIs. d. Related Change Orders. e. Purchases. f. Deliveries. g. Submittals. h. Review of mockups. i. Possible conflicts. j. Compatibility problems. k. Time schedules. l. Weather limitations. m. Manufacturer's written recommendations. n. Warranty requirements. o. Compatibility of materials. p. Acceptability of substrates. q. Temporary facilities and controls. r. Space and access limitations. s. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. t. Testing and inspecting requirements. u. Installation procedures. v. Coordination with other work. w. Required performance results. x. Protection of adjacent work. y. Protection of construction and personnel.

3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions.

4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who should have been present.

5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.

D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at regular intervals. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests.

1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Design Professional, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project.

Page 103: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

01 3100-5

a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.

1) Review schedule for next period.

b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:

1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. 5) Off-site fabrication. 6) Access. 7) Site utilization. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. 9) Work hours. 10) Hazards and risks. 11) Progress cleaning. 12) Quality and work standards. 13) Status of correction of deficient items. 14) Field observations. 15) RFIs. 16) Status of proposal requests. 17) Pending changes. 18) Status of Change Orders. 19) Pending claims and disputes. 20) Documentation of information for payment requests.

3. Minutes: Record the meeting minutes. 4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who

should have been present.

a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.

1.08 REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFIs)

A. Procedure: Immediately on discovery of the need for interpretation of the Contract Documents, and if not possible to request interpretation at Project meeting, prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified.

1. RFIs shall originate with Contractor. RFIs submitted by entities other than Contractor will be returned with no response.

2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors.

B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing interpretation and the following:

1. Project name. 2. Date. 3. Name of Contractor. 4. Name of Design Professional.

Page 104: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

01 3100-6

5. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 6. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 7. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 8. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 9. Contractor's suggested solution(s). If Contractor's solution(s) impact the Contract Time

or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 10. Contractor's signature. 11. Attachments: Include drawings, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data,

Shop Drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation.

a. Supplementary drawings prepared by Contractor shall include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments.

C. Hard-Copy RFIs: CSI Form 13.2A.

1. Identify each page of attachments with the RFI number and sequential page number.

D. Software-Generated RFIs: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above.

1. Attachments shall be electronic files in Adobe Acrobat PDF format.

E. Design Professional's Action: Design Professional will review each RFI, determine action required, and return it. Allow seven working days for Design Professional's response for each RFI. RFIs received after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day.

1. The following RFIs will be returned without action:

a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract

Documents. d. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. e. Requests for interpretation of Design Professional's actions on submittals. f. Incomplete RFIs or RFIs with numerous errors.

2. Design Professional's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Design Professional's time for response will start again.

3. Design Professional's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Division 01 Section "Contract Modification Procedures."

a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Design Professional in writing within 10days of receipt of the RFI response.

F. On receipt of Design Professional's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review rsponse and notify Design Professional within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response.

G. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. Use CSI Log Form 13.2B.

1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of Design Professional.

Page 105: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

01 3100-7

4. RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Design Professional's response was received. 8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and

Proposal Request, as appropriate. 9. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as

appropriate.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3100

Page 106: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 107: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200-1

SECTION 01 3200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions

and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress

of construction during performance of the Work, including the following:

1. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Daily construction reports. 3. Material location reports. 4. Field condition reports. 5. Special reports.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting the Schedule of Values. 2. Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting and

distributing meeting and conference minutes. 3. Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and reports. 4. Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting a schedule of tests and

inspections. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's Construction Schedule:

1. Within 10 days after date of Agreement, submit preliminary schedule defining planned operations for the first 60 days of Work, with a general outline for remainder of Work.

2. Within 20 days after review of preliminary schedule, submit draft of proposed complete schedule for review.

3. Within 10 days after joint review, submit complete schedule. 4. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment

B. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at monthly intervals.

C. Material Location Reports: Submit at monthly intervals. D. Field Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions. E. Special Reports: Submit at time of unusual event. 1.04 COORDINATION A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of

construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors.

Page 108: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200-2

B. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of subcontracts,

Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports.

1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties

involved. 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule

them in proper sequence. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice of Award to date of final

completion. 1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows

an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.

B. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.

C. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but

not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final completion.

D. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues: 1. Unresolved issues. 2. Unanswered Requests for Information. 3. Rejected or unreturned submittals. 4. Notations on returned submittals. 5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and Contract Time.

2.02 REPORTS A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following

information concerning events at Project site:

1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. List of separate contractors at Project site. 3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 4. Equipment at Project site. 5. Material deliveries. 6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions. 7. Accidents. 8. Meetings and significant decisions. 9. Unusual events (refer to special reports). 10. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 11. Meter readings and similar recordings. 12. Emergency procedures. 13. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 14. Change Orders received and implemented. 15. Construction Change Directives received and implemented. 16. Services connected and disconnected. 17. Equipment or system tests and startups. 18. Partial Completions and occupancies. 19. Substantial Completions authorized.

Page 109: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200-3

B. Material Location Reports: Prepare and submit a comprehensive list of materials delivered to and

stored at Project site. List shall be cumulative, showing materials previously reported plus items recently delivered. Include with list a statement of progress on and delivery dates for materials or items of equipment fabricated or stored away from Project site.

C. Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions and

the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a request for interpretation. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.

2.03 SPECIAL REPORTS A. General: Submit special reports directly to Owner within one day(s) of an occurrence. Distribute

copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence. B. Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project

site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events, persons participating, response by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or predictable.

PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION 01 3200

Page 110: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 111: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300-1

SECTION 01 3300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment and the Schedule of Values.

2. Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting and distributing meeting and conference minutes and for submitting Coordination Drawings.

3. Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and reports, including Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals Schedule.

4. Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports. 5. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties. 6. Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record

Specifications, and Record Product Data. 7. Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and

maintenance manuals. 8. Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training" for submitting videotapes of

demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel. 9. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific requirements for submittals in those

Sections.

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Design Professional's responsive action.

B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Design Professional's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.

1.04 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities.

1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.

2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.

a. Design Professional reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

B. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of related construction activities.

Page 112: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300-2

C. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Design Professional's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals.

1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Design Professional will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.

2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal.

3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal. 4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Design Professional's

consultants, Owner, or other parties is indicated, allow 21 days for initial review of each submittal. a. None anticipated.

5. Concurrent Consultant Review: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be transmitted simultaneously to Design Professional and to Design Professional's consultants, allow 15 days for review of each submittal. Submittal will be returned to Design Professional before being returned to Contractor. a. All structural submittals

D. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.

1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Provide a space approximately 6 by 8 inches on label or beside title block to record

Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Design Professional. 3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken:

a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of Design Professional. d. Name and address of Contractor. e. Name and address of subcontractor. f. Name and address of supplier. g. Name of manufacturer. h. Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.

1) Submittal number shall use Specification Section number followed by a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., 06100.01). Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g., 06100.01.A).

i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. k. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. l. Other necessary identification.

E. Deviations: Highlight or otherwise specifically identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals.

1.05 ELECTRONIC SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. Summary: 1. Shop drawing and product data submittals shall be transmitted to Design Professional in

electronic (PDF) format using Submittal Exchange, a website service designed specifically for transmitting submittals between construction team members.

2. The intent of electronic submittals is to expedite the construction process by reducing paperwork, improving information flow, and decreasing turnaround time.

3. The electronic submittal process is not intended for color samples, color charts, or physical material samples.

Page 113: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300-3

B. Procedures:

1. Submittal Preparation - Contractor may use any or all of the following options: a. Subcontractors and Suppliers provide electronic (PDF) submittals to Contractor

via the Submittal Exchange website. b. Subcontractors and Suppliers provide paper submittals to General Contractor

who electronically scans and converts to PDF format. c. Subcontractors and Suppliers provide paper submittals to Scanning Service

which electronically scans and converts to PDF format. 2. Contractor shall review and apply electronic stamp certifying that the submittal complies

with the requirements of the Contract Documents including verification of manufacturer/product, dimensions and coordination of information with other parts of the work.

3. Contractor shall transmit each submittal to the Design Professional using a file share service website provided by the Design Professional.

4. The Design Professionals review comments will be made available on the files share service website for downloading. Contractor will receive email notice of completed review.

5. Distribution of reviewed submittals to subcontractors and suppliers is the responsibility of the Contractor.

6. Submit paper copies of reviewed submittals at project closeout for record purposes in accordance with Section 01 7800 – Closeout Submittals.

C. Costs: 1. Internet Service and Equipment Requirements:

a. Email address and Internet access at Contractor’s main office. b. Adobe Acrobat (www.adobe.com), Bluebeam PDF Revu (www.bluebeam.com),

or other similar PDF review software for applying electronic stamps and comments.

D. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal.

1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of

revision.

1.06 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF DESIGN PROFESSIONAL'S CAD FILES

A. General: At Contractor's written request, copies of Design Professional's BIM files will be provided to Contractor for Contractor's use in connection with Project, subject to the following conditions:

1. Submitting signed copy of Design Professionals Terms of Use Agreement.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections.

1. Submit electronic submittals directly to extranet specifically established for Project.

B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment.

1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.

2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable:

Page 114: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300-4

a. Manufacturer's written recommendations. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Manufacturer's installation instructions. d. Standard color charts. e. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. f. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring. g. Printed performance curves. h. Operational range diagrams. i. Mill reports. j. Standard product operation and maintenance manuals. k. Compliance with specified referenced standards. l. Testing by recognized testing agency. m. Application of testing agency labels and seals. n. Notation of coordination requirements.

4. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples.

C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data.

1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable:

a. Dimensions. b. Identification of products. c. Fabrication and installation drawings. d. Roughing-in and setting diagrams. e. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal, and

control wiring. f. Shop work manufacturing instructions. g. Templates and patterns. h. Schedules. i. Design calculations. j. Compliance with specified standards. k. Notation of coordination requirements. l. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. m. Relationship to adjoining construction clearly indicated. n. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. o. Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed

wiring.

2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 30 by 42 inches.

3. Format: Submit electronic (pdf) files.

D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.

E. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for Construction Manager's action.

F. Application for Payment: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures."

G. Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures."

Page 115: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300-5

H. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products.

2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.

2.02 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections.

B. Coordination Drawings: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination."

C. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation."

2.03 DELEGATED DESIGN

A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.

1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Design Professional.

B. Delegated-Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit three copies of a statement, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional.

1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW

A. Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Design Professional.

B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.

3.02 DESIGN PROFESSIONAL'S ACTION

A. General: Design Professional will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action.

B. Action Submittals: Design Professional will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Design Professional will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken.

Page 116: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300-6

C. Informational Submittals: Design Professional will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Design Professional will forward each submittal to appropriate party.

D. Partial submittals are not acceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned without review.

E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded.

END OF SECTION 01 3300

Page 117: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000-1

SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control.

B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.

1. Specific quality-assurance and -control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products.

2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality-assurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements.

3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services required by Design Professional, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.

C. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for developing a schedule of

required tests and inspections. 2. Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching" for repair and restoration of construction

disturbed by testing and inspecting activities. 3. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements.

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements.

B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Design Professional.

C. Mockups: Full-size, physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are used to verify selections made under sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution, and to review construction, coordination, testing, or operation; they are not Samples. Approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged

D. Laboratory Mockups: Full-size, physical assemblies that are constructed at testing facility to verify performance characteristics.

E. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed specifically for the Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria.

Page 118: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000-2

F. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with industry standards.

G. Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, i.e., plant, mill, factory, or shop.

H. Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work.

I. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.

J. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.

1. Using a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespeople of the corresponding generic name.

1.04 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS

A. General: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Design Professional for a decision before proceeding.

B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Design Professional for a decision before proceeding.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following:

1. Specification Section number and title. 2. Description of test and inspection. 3. Identification of applicable standards. 4. Identification of test and inspection methods. 5. Number of tests and inspections required. 6. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. 7. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. 8. Requirements for obtaining samples. 9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service.

B. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports that include the following:

1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.

Page 119: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000-3

10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting.

11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements.

12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.

C. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this Article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.

B. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

C. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

D. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.

F. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

G. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following:

1. Contractor responsibilities include the following:

a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction. b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and

analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. c. Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory

mockups to adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance requirements.

d. Build site-assembled test assemblies and mockups using installers who will perform same tasks for Project.

e. Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel, products, and methods of construction indicated for the completed Work.

f. When testing is complete, remove test specimens, assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups; do not reuse products on Project.

2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Design Professional with copy to Contractor.

Page 120: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000-4

Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.

H. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work:

1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Design Professional.

2. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 3. Obtain Design Professional's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or

construction.

a. Allow seven days for initial review and each re-review of each mockup.

4. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work.

5. Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise indicated.

I. Laboratory Mockups: Comply with requirements of preconstruction testing and those specified in individual Sections in Divisions 02 through 49.

1.07 QUALITY CONTROL

A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services.

1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform.

2. Payment for these services will be made from testing and inspecting allowances, as authorized by Change Orders.

3. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor, and the Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order.

B. Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not.

1. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services.

a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner.

2. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service.

3. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility.

4. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct.

C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures."

D. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents.

Page 121: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000-5

E. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Design Professional and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.

1. Notify Design Professional and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.

2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted.

3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements.

4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service through Contractor.

5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work.

6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor.

F. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following:

1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and

inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing

agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project

site.

G. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.

1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.

H. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services required by the Contract Documents. Submit schedule within 30 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG

A. Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following:

1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Design Professional. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection.

B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and modifications as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Design Professional's reference during normal working hours.

3.02 REPAIR AND PROTECTION

A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.

Page 122: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000-6

1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible.

2. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching."

B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.

C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services.

END OF SECTION 01 4000

Page 123: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

REFERENCES 01 4200-1

SECTION 01 4200 - REFERENCES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 DEFINITIONS

A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.

B. "Approved": When used to convey Design Professional's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Design Professional's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract.

C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Design Professional. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed."

D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."

E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work.

F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations.

G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.

H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.

I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built.

1.03 INDUSTRY STANDARDS

A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.

B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated.

C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.

1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source.

D. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the organizations responsible for the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and

Page 124: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

REFERENCES 01 4200-2

up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) (800) 872-2253 Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) (202) 272-0080 Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities Available from Access Board www.access-board.gov CFR Code of Federal Regulations (866) 512-1800 Available from Government Printing Office (202) 512-1800 www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/index.html DOD Department of Defense Military Specifications and Standards (215) 697-6257 Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil DSCC Defense Supply Center Columbus (See FS) FED-STD Federal Standard (See FS) FS Federal Specification (215) 697-6257 Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil Available from Defense Standardization Program www.dps.dla.mil Available from General Services Administration (202) 619-8925 www.gsa.gov Available from National Institute of Building Sciences (202) 289-7800 www.nibs.org FTMS Federal Test Method Standard (See FS) MIL (See MILSPEC) MIL-STD (See MILSPEC) MILSPEC Military Specification and Standards (215) 697-6257 Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (800) 872-2253 Available from Access Board (202) 272-0080 www.access-board.gov

1.04 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Thomson Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the U.S."

B. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.

Page 125: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

REFERENCES 01 4200-3

Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) (703) 358-2960 www.aluminum.org AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (216) 241-7333 www.aaadm.com AABC Associated Air Balance Council (202) 737-0202 www.aabchq.com AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) 303-5664 www.aamanet.org AASHTO American Association of State Highway and (202) 624-5800 Transportation Officials www.transportation.org AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (The) (919) 549-8141 www.aatcc.org ABAA Air Barrier Association of America (866) 956-5888 www.airbarrier.org ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association (202) 367-1155 www.abma-dc.org ACI ACI International (248) 848-3700 (American Concrete Institute) www.aci-int.org ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association (972) 506-7216 www.concrete-pipe.org AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The) (205) 257-2530 www.aeic.org AF&PA American Forest & Paper Association (800) 878-8878 www.afandpa.org (202) 463-2700 AGA American Gas Association (202) 824-7000 www.aga.org AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The) (703) 548-3118 www.agc.org AHA American Hardboard Association (Now part of CPA) AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (202) 872-5955 www.aham.org AI Asphalt Institute (859) 288-4960 www.asphaltinstitute.org AIA American Institute of Architects (The) (800) 242-3837 www.aia.org (202) 626-7300 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction (800) 644-2400

Page 126: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

REFERENCES 01 4200-4

www.aisc.org (312) 670-2400 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute (202) 452-7100 www.steel.org AITC American Institute of Timber Construction (303) 792-9559 www.aitc-glulam.org ALCA Associated Landscape Contractors of America (Now PLANET - Professional Landcare Network) ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated (301) 972-1700 www.alsc.org AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. (847) 394-0150 www.amca.org ANSI American National Standards Institute (202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc. (505) 522-1437 www.aosaseed.com APA APA - The Engineered Wood Association (253) 565-6600 www.apawood.org APA Architectural Precast Association (239) 454-6989 www.archprecast.org API American Petroleum Institute (202) 682-8000 www.api.org ARI Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute (703) 524-8800 www.ari.org ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association (202) 207-0917 www.asphaltroofing.org ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers (800) 548-2723 www.asce.org (703) 295-6300 ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and (800) 527-4723 Air-Conditioning Engineers (404) 636-8400 www.ashrae.org ASME ASME International (800) 843-2763 (The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) (973) 882-1170 www.asme.org ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering (440) 835-3040 www.asse-plumbing.org ASTM ASTM International (610) 832-9585 (American Society for Testing and Materials International) www.astm.org AWCI AWCI International (703) 534-8300 (Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industry International) www.awci.org

Page 127: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

REFERENCES 01 4200-5

AWCMA American Window Covering Manufacturers Association (Now WCSC) AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (800) 449-8811 www.awinet.org (703) 733-0600 AWPA American Wood-Preservers' Association (334) 874-9800 www.awpa.com AWS American Welding Society (800) 443-9353 www.aws.org (305) 443-9353 AWWA American Water Works Association (800) 926-7337 www.awwa.org (303) 794-7711 BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212) 297-2122 www.buildershardware.com BIA Brick Industry Association (The) (703) 620-0010 www.bia.org BICSI BICSI (800) 242-7405 www.bicsi.org (813) 979-1991 BIFMA BIFMA International (616) 285-3963 (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association International) www.bifma.com BISSC Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee (866) 342-4772 www.bissc.org CCC Carpet Cushion Council (203) 637-1312 www.carpetcushion.org CDA Copper Development Association (800) 232-3282 www.copper.org (212) 251-7200 CEA Canadian Electricity Association (613) 230-9263 www.canelect.ca CFFA Chemical Fabrics & Film Association, Inc. (216) 241-7333 www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com CGA Compressed Gas Association (703) 788-2700 www.cganet.com CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association (888) 881-2462 www.cellulose.org (937) 222-2462 CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association (630) 584-1919 www.cisca.org CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (423) 892-0137 www.cispi.org CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (301) 596-2583 www.chainlinkinfo.org CPA Composite Panel Association (301) 670-0604

Page 128: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

REFERENCES 01 4200-6

www.pbmdf.com CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association (800) 510-2772 www.cppa-info.org (202) 462-9607 CRI Carpet & Rug Institute (The) (800) 882-8846 www.carpet-rug.com (706) 278-3176 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (847) 517-1200 www.crsi.org CSA CSA International (866) 797-4272 (Formerly: IAS - International Approval Services) (416) 747-4000 www.csa-international.org CSI Cast Stone Institute (770) 972-3011 www.caststone.org CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) (800) 689-2900 www.csinet.org (703) 684-0300 CSSB Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau (604) 820-7700 www.cedarbureau.org CTI Cooling Technology Institute (281) 583-4087 (Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute) www.cti.org DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703) 222-2010 www.dhi.org EIA Electronic Industries Alliance (703) 907-7500 www.eia.org EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association (800) 294-3462 www.eima.com (770) 968-7945 EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee (703) 295-5000 www.ejdc.org EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. (914) 332-0040 www.ejma.org ESD ESD Association (315) 339-6937 www.esda.org FIBA Federation Internationale de Basketball Amateur 41 22 545 00 00 (The International Basketball Federation) www.fiba.com FIVB Federation Internationale de Volleyball 41 21 345 35 35 (The International Volleyball Federation) www.fivb.ch FMG FM Global (401) 275-3000 (Formerly: FM - Factory Mutual System) www.fmglobal.com FMRC Factory Mutual Research (Now FMG)

Page 129: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

REFERENCES 01 4200-7

FRSA Florida Roofing, Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors (407) 671-3772 Association, Inc. www.floridaroof.com FSA Fluid Sealing Association (610) 971-4850 www.fluidsealing.com FSC Forest Stewardship Council 49 228 367 66 0 www.fsc.org GA Gypsum Association (202) 289-5440 www.gypsum.org GANA Glass Association of North America (785) 271-0208 www.glasswebsite.com GRI (Now GSI) GS Green Seal (202) 872-6400 www.greenseal.org GSI Geosynthetic Institute (610) 522-8440 www.geosynthetic-institute.org HI Hydraulic Institute (888) 786-7744 www.pumps.org (973) 267-9700 HI Hydronics Institute (908) 464-8200 www.gamanet.org HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (Part of NAAMM) HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association (703) 435-2900 www.hpva.org HPW H. P. White Laboratory, Inc. (410) 838-6550 www.hpwhite.com IAS International Approval Services (Now CSA International) IBF International Badminton Federation (6-03) 9283-7155 www.intbadfed.org ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. (770) 830-0369 www.icea.net ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc. (847) 827-0830 www.icri.org IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 41 22 919 02 11 www.iec.ch IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) (212) 419-7900 www.ieee.org IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (212) 248-5000 www.iesna.org

Page 130: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

REFERENCES 01 4200-8

IEST Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology (847) 255-1561 www.iest.org IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.igcc.org IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (613) 233-1510 www.igmaonline.org ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc. (812) 275-4426 www.iliai.com ISO International Organization for Standardization 41 22 749 01 11 www.iso.ch Available from ANSI (202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (877) 464-7732 www.issfa.net (702) 567-8150 ITS Intertek (800) 345-3851 www.intertek.com (713) 407-3500 ITU International Telecommunication Union 41 22 730 51 11 www.itu.int/home KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association (703) 264-1690 www.kcma.org LMA Laminating Materials Association (Now part of CPA) LPI Lightning Protection Institute (800) 488-6864 www.lightning.org (804) 314-8955 MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association (216) 241-7333 www.mbma.com MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc. (847) 480-9138 www.maplefloor.org MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association (312) 644-6610 www.metalframingmfg.org MH Material Handling (Now MHIA) MHIA Material Handling Industry of America (800) 345-1815 www.mhia.org (704) 676-1190 MIA Marble Institute of America (440) 250-9222 www.marble-institute.com MPI Master Painters Institute (888) 674-8937 www.paintinfo.com MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and (703) 281-6613 Fittings Industry Inc.

Page 131: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

REFERENCES 01 4200-9

www.mss-hq.com NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (312) 332-0405 www.naamm.org NACE NACE International (800) 797-6623 (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International) (281) 228-6200 www.nace.org NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association (202) 737-2926 www.nadca.com NAGWS National Association for Girls and Women in Sport (800) 213-7193,

ext. 453 www.aahperd.org/nagws/ NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (703) 684-0084 www.naima.org NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. (800) 557-2848 www.nbgqa.com NCAA National Collegiate Athletic Association (The) (317) 917-6222 www.ncaa.org NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (703) 713-1900 www.ncma.org NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute (262) 248-9094 www.ncpi.org NCTA National Cable & Telecommunications Association (202) 775-3550 www.ncta.com NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977-3698 www.nebb.org NECA National Electrical Contractors Association (301) 657-3110 www.necanet.org NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association (207) 829-6901 www.nelma.org NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703) 841-3200 www.nema.org NETA InterNational Electrical Testing Association (888) 300-6382 www.netaworld.org (303) 697-8441 NFHS National Federation of State High School Associations (317) 972-6900 www.nfhs.org NFPA NFPA (800) 344-3555 (National Fire Protection Association) (617) 770-3000 www.nfpa.org NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589-1776 www.nfrc.org NGA National Glass Association (866) 342-5642

Page 132: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

REFERENCES 01 4200-10

www.glass.org (703) 442-4890 NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association (800) 933-0318 www.natlhardwood.org (901) 377-1818 NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority (604) 524-2393 www.nlga.org NOFMA NOFMA: The Wood Flooring Manufacturers Association (901) 526-5016 (Formerly: National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association) www.nofma.org NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (800) 323-9545 www.nrca.net (847) 299-9070 NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (888) 846-7622 www.nrmca.org (301) 587-1400 NSF NSF International (800) 673-6275 (National Sanitation Foundation International) (734) 769-8010 www.nsf.org NSSGA National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association (800) 342-1415 www.nssga.org (703) 525-8788 NTMA National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The) (800) 323-9736 www.ntma.com (540) 751-0930 NTRMA National Tile Roofing Manufacturers Association (Now TRI) NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association (Now WDMA) OPL Omega Point Laboratories, Inc. (Acquired by ITS - Intertek) (800) 966-5253 www.opl.com (210) 635-8100 PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (312) 786-0300 www.pci.org PDCA Painting & Decorating Contractors of America (800) 332-7322 www.pdca.com (314) 514-7322 PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute (800) 589-8956 www.pdionline.org (978) 557-0720 PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute (217) 333-3929 http://pgi-tp.ce.uiuc.edu PLANET Professional Landcare Network (800) 395-2522 (Formerly: ACLA - Associated Landscape Contractors of America) (703) 736-9666 www.landcarenetwork.org PTI Post-Tensioning Institute (602) 870-7540 www.post-tensioning.org RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections (800) 644-2400 www.boltcouncil.org (312) 670-2400 RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute (301) 340-8580

Page 133: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

REFERENCES 01 4200-11

www.rfci.com RIS Redwood Inspection Service (888) 225-7339 www.calredwood.org (415) 382-0662 RTI (Formerly: NTRMA - National Tile Roofing Manufacturers Association) (Now TRI) SAE SAE International (877) 606-7323 www.sae.org (724) 776-4841 SDI Steel Deck Institute (847) 458-4647 www.sdi.org SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899-0010 www.steeldoor.org SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (516) 294-5424 www.sefalabs.com SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.sgcc.org SIA Security Industry Association (703) 683-2075 www.siaonline.org SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association (Now IGMA) SJI Steel Joist Institute (843) 626-1995 www.steeljoist.org SMA Screen Manufacturers Association (561) 533-0991 www.smacentral.org SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' (703) 803-2980 National Association www.smacna.org SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (914) 761-1100 www.smpte.org SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (800) 523-6154 (Formerly: SPI/SPFD - The Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc.; Spray Polyurethane Foam Division) www.sprayfoam.org SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The) (850) 434-2611 www.spib.org SPRI Single Ply Roofing Industry (781) 647-7026 www.spri.org SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America (800) 982-0355 www.ssina.com (202) 342-8630 SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (877) 281-7772 www.sspc.org (412) 281-2331

Page 134: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

REFERENCES 01 4200-12

STI Steel Tank Institute (847) 438-8265 www.steeltank.com SWI Steel Window Institute (216) 241-7333 www.steelwindows.com SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute (816) 472-7974 www.swrionline.org TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. (864) 646-8453 www.tileusa.com TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic (703) 907-7700 Industries Alliance www.tiaonline.org TMS The Masonry Society (303) 939-9700 www.masonrysociety.org TPI Truss Plate Institute, Inc. (703) 683-1010 www.tpinst.org TPI Turfgrass Producers International (847) 649-5555 www.turfgrasssod.org TRI Tile Roofing Institute (312) 670-4177 (Formerly: RTI - Roof Tile Institute) www.tileroofing.org UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (877) 854-3577 www.ul.com (847) 272-8800 UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association (972) 243-3902 www.uni-bell.org USAV USA Volleyball (888) 786-5539 www.usavolleyball.org (719) 228-6800 USGBC U.S. Green Building Council (202) 828-7422 www.usgbc.org USITT United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc. (800) 938-7488 www.usitt.org (315) 463-6463 WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association (800) 424-2869 www.wastec.org (202) 244-4700 WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (800) 283-1486 www.wclib.org (503) 639-0651 WCMA Window Covering Manufacturers Association (Now WCSC) WCSC Window Covering Safety Council (800) 506-4636 (Formerly: WCMA - Window Covering Manufacturers (212) 297-2109 Association) www.windowcoverings.org WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association (800) 223-2301 (Formerly: NWWDA - National Wood Window and (847) 299-5200

Page 135: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

REFERENCES 01 4200-13

Door Association) www.wdma.com WI Woodwork Institute (Formerly: WIC - Woodwork Institute of (916) 372-9943 California) www.wicnet.org WIC Woodwork Institute of California (Now WI) WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association (800) 550-7889 www.wmmpa.com (530) 661-9591 WSRCA Western States Roofing Contractors Association (800) 725-0333 www.wsrca.com (650) 570-5441 WWPA Western Wood Products Association (503) 224-3930 www.wwpa.org

C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

BOCA BOCA International, Inc. (See ICC) IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (909) 472-4100 www.iapmo.org ICBO International Conference of Building Officials (See ICC) ICBO ES ICBO Evaluation Service, Inc. (See ICC-ES) ICC International Code Council (888) 422-7233 www.iccsafe.org (703) 931-4533 ICC-ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. (800) 423-6587 www.icc-es.org (562) 699-0543 SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc. (See ICC)

D. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

CE Army Corps of Engineers www.usace.army.mil CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission (800) 638-2772 www.cpsc.gov (301) 504-7923 DOC Department of Commerce (202) 482-2000 www.commerce.gov DOD Department of Defense (215) 697-6257

Page 136: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

REFERENCES 01 4200-14

http://.dodssp.daps.dla.mil DOE Department of Energy (202) 586-9220 www.energy.gov EPA Environmental Protection Agency (202) 272-0167 www.epa.gov FAA Federal Aviation Administration (866) 835-5322 www.faa.gov FCC Federal Communications Commission (888) 225-5322 www.fcc.gov FDA Food and Drug Administration (888) 463-6332 www.fda.gov GSA General Services Administration (800) 488-3111 www.gsa.gov HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development (202) 708-1112 www.hud.gov LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (510) 486-4000 www.lbl.gov NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program (See TRB) NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology (301) 975-6478 www.nist.gov OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration (800) 321-6742 www.osha.gov (202) 693-1999 PBS Public Building Service (See GSA) PHS Office of Public Health and Science (202) 690-7694 www.osophs.dhhs.gov/ophs RUS Rural Utilities Service (202) 720-9540 (See USDA) SD State Department (202) 647-4000 www.state.gov TRB Transportation Research Board (202) 334-2934 www.nas.edu/trb USDA Department of Agriculture (202) 720-2791 www.usda.gov USPS Postal Service (202) 268-2000 www.usps.com

E. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

Page 137: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

REFERENCES 01 4200-15

CBHF State of California, Department of Consumer Affairs (800) 952-5210 Bureau of Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation (916) 574-2041 www.dca.ca.gov/bhfti CPUC California Public Utilities Commission (415) 703-2782 www.cpuc.ca.gov TFS Texas Forest Service (936) 639-8180 Forest Resource Development http://txforestservice.tamu.edu

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01 4200

Page 138: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 139: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

01 6000-1

SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; product substitutions; and comparable products.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 01 Section "Allowances" for products selected under an allowance. 2. Division 01 Section "Alternates" for products selected under an alternate. 3. Division 01 Section "References" for applicable industry standards for products specified. 4. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties for Contract

closeout. 5. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products and

installations specified to be warranted.

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.

1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.

2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility [, except that products consisting of recycled-content materials are allowed, unless explicitly stated otherwise]. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products.

3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process, or where indicated as a product substitution, to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.

B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.

C. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of other named manufacturers.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Product List: Submit a list, in tabular from, showing specified products. Include generic names of products required. Include manufacturer's name and proprietary product names for each product.

1. Coordinate product list with Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals Schedule.

Page 140: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

01 6000-2

2. Form: Tabulate information for each product under the following column headings: a. Specification Section number and title. b. Generic name used in the Contract Documents. c. Proprietary name, model number, and similar designations. d. Manufacturer's name and address. e. Supplier's name and address. f. Installer's name and address. g. Projected delivery date or time span of delivery period. h. Identification of items that require early submittal approval for scheduled delivery

date.

3. Initial Submittal: Within [30] <Insert number> days after date of commencement of the Work, submit [3] <Insert number> copies of initial product list. Include a written explanation for omissions of data and for variations from Contract requirements.

a. At Contractor's option, initial submittal may be limited to product selections and designations that must be established early in Contract period.

4. Completed List: Within [60] <Insert number> days after date of commencement of the Work, submit [3] <Insert number> copies of completed product list. Include a written explanation for omissions of data and for variations from Contract requirements.

5. Design Professional's Action: Design Professional will respond in writing to Contractor within [15] <Insert number> days of receipt of completed product list. Design Professional's response will include a list of unacceptable product selections and a brief explanation of reasons for this action. Design Professional's response, or lack of response, does not constitute a waiver of requirement to comply with the Contract Documents.

B. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.

1. Substitution Request Form: Use [CSI Form 13.1A] [form provided by Owner] [facsimile of form provided at end of Section].

2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable:

a. Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be provided. b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to

other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution.

c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated.

d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures.

e. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and

addresses and names and addresses of Design Professionals and owners. g. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting

test results for compliance with requirements indicated. h. Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect

for Project, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

i. Detailed comparison of Contractor's Construction Schedule using proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided

Page 141: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

01 6000-3

within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating lack of availability or delays in delivery.

j. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. k. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in

the Contract Documents and is appropriate for applications indicated. l. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently

become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results.

3. Design Professional's Action: If necessary, Design Professional will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within [7] <Insert time> days of receipt of a request for substitution. Design Professional will notify Contractor [ through Construction Manager] of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within [15] <Insert time> days of receipt of request, or [7] <Insert time> days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later.

a. Form of Acceptance: Change Order. b. Use product specified if Design Professional cannot make a decision on use of a

proposed substitution within time allocated.

C. Comparable Product Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.

1. Design Professional's Action: If necessary, Design Professional will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product request. Design Professional will notify Contractor [ through Construction Manager] of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within [15] <Insert time> days of receipt of request, or [7] <Insert time> days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later.

a. Form of Approval: As specified in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures." b. Use product specified if Design Professional cannot make a decision on use of a

comparable product request within time allocated.

D. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options.

1. Each contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with products and construction methods of other contractors.

2. If a dispute arises between contractors over concurrently selectable but incompatible products, Design Professional will determine which products shall be used.

1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Delivery and Handling:

1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces.

Page 142: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

01 6000-4

2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses.

3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.

4. Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected.

C. Storage:

1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight

enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Store cementitious products and materials on elevated platforms. 5. Store foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of

installation and concealment. 6. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity,

ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 7. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 8. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and

equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner.

1.07 PRODUCT WARRANTIES

A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents.

1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Preprinted written warranty published by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner.

2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract Documents, either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for Owner.

B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution.

1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed.

2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using appropriate form properly executed.

3. Refer to Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties.

C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES

A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time of installation.

1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.

Page 143: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

01 6000-5

2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects.

3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents.

4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Design Professional will make selection.

5. Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be matched is Design Professional's.

6. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish "salient characteristics" of products.

7. Or Equal: Where products are specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal" or "or approved equal" or "or approved," comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product.

B. Product Selection Procedures:

1. Product: Where Specifications name a single product and manufacturer, provide the named product that complies with requirements.

2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements.

3. Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements.

4. Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements.

5. Available Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product.

6. Available Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product.

7. Product Options: Where Specifications indicate that sizes, profiles, and dimensional requirements on Drawings are based on a specific product or system, provide the specified product or system. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Product Substitutions" Article for consideration of an unnamed product or system.

8. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by the other named manufacturers.

9. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, select a product that complies with requirements and matches Design Professional's sample. Design Professional's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches.

a. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions in Part 2 "Product Substitutions" Article for proposal of product.

10. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected from manufacturer's colors, patterns, textures" or a similar phrase, select a product that complies with other specified requirements.

a. Standard Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "standard range of colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Design Professional will select color,

Page 144: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

01 6000-6

pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that does not include premium items.

b. Full Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "full range of colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Design Professional will select color, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items.

2.02 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Timing: Design Professional will consider requests for substitution if received within [60] <Insert number> days after [commencement of the Work] [the Notice to Proceed] [the Notice of Award]. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Design Professional.

B. Conditions: Design Professional will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Design Professional will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:

1. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Design Professional for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations.

2. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents. 3. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce

indicated results. 4. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. 5. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's Construction Schedule. 6. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having

jurisdiction. 7. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. 8. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. 9. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. 10. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has

been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.

2.03 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS

A. Conditions: Design Professional will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Design Professional will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:

1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work.

2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated.

3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and

names and addresses of Design Professionals and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested.

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01 6000

Page 145: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

EXECUTION

01 7300-1

SECTION 01 7300 – EXECUTION

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work

including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Construction layout. 2. Field engineering and surveying. 3. General installation of products. 4. Coordination of Owner-installed products. 5. Progress cleaning. 6. Starting and adjusting. 7. Protection of installed construction. 8. Correction of the Work.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for procedures for coordinating field engineering with other construction activities.

2. Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys. 3. Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching" for procedural requirements for cutting and

patching necessary for the installation or performance of other components of the Work. 4. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with

Project Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, and final cleaning.

1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by land surveyor certifying that location and elevation of

improvements are in compliance with contract documents. B. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept

hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal. C. Final Property Survey: Submit 2 copies showing the Work performed and record survey data. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice in

jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-surveying services of the kind indicated.

Page 146: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

EXECUTION

01 7300-2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of site improvements, utilities, and other

construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and verify the existence and location of mechanical and electrical systems and other construction affecting the Work.

1. Before construction, verify the location and points of connection of utility services.

B. Existing Utilities: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction

indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities and other construction affecting the Work.

1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of

sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; and underground electrical services.

2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site.

C. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator

present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.

1. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of

the Work is required by other Sections, include the following: a. Description of the Work. b. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. c. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. d. Recommended corrections.

3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.

4. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation.

5. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed.

6. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.02 PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility and Owner that is necessary to

adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.

Page 147: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

EXECUTION

01 7300-3

C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings.

D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for

clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to Design Professional. Include a detailed description of problem encountered, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.

3.03 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings,

in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Design Professional promptly.

B. General: Engage a land surveyor to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices.

1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project.

2. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions.

3. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. 4. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses. 5. Notify Design Professional when deviations from required lines and levels exceed

allowable tolerances. 6. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established

by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and

topsoil placement, utility slopes, and invert elevations. D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building

foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations.

E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and

levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Design Professional.

3.04 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and

elevation, as indicated.

1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance

and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of [8 feet] in spaces without a suspended ceiling.

C. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in

applications indicated.

D. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.

Page 148: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

EXECUTION

01 7300-4

E. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or

loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. F. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels. G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory

prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements.

H. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component

securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work.

1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect.

2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and

directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.

I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated,

arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. J. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered

hazardous. 3.05 OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction forces. B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by

Owner's construction forces.

1. Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual construction progress.

2. Preinstallation Conferences: Include Owner's construction forces at preinstallation conferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive Owner's work. Attend preinstallation conferences conducted by Owner's construction forces if portions of the Work depend on Owner's construction.

3.06 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate progress

cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.

1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and

debris. 2. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the

temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F. 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste.

Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.

Page 149: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

EXECUTION

01 7300-5

B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.

C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work.

1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the

entire work area, as appropriate. K. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written

instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.

L. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. M. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to

ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. N. Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted. Washing

waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted. O. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining

materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.

P. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through

the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.

Q. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction,

completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.

3.07 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning

units, replace with new units, and retest. B. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for proper

operation. C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties.

Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Manufacturer's Field Service: If a factory-authorized service representative is required to inspect

field-assembled components and equipment installation, comply with qualification requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements."

3.08 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or

deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.

Page 150: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

EXECUTION

01 7300-6

3.09 CORRECTION OF THE WORK A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes.

Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching."

1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.

B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition. C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired

without visible evidence of repair. D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components

that cannot be repaired. E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces. END OF SECTION 01 7300

Page 151: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

CUTTING AND PATCHING

01 7329-1

SECTION 01 7329 - CUTTING AND PATCHING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching.

B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 01 Section "Selective Structure Demolition" for demolition of selected portions of

the building. 2. Divisions 2 through 49 Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to

cutting and patching individual parts of the Work. 3. Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for patching fire-rated construction.

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work.

B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation of other Work.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures at least seven (7) days before the time cutting and patching will be performed, requesting approval to proceed. Include the following information:

1. Extent: Describe cutting and patching, show how they will be performed, and indicate why they cannot be avoided.

2. Changes to In-Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building's appearance and other significant visual elements.

3. Products: List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform the Work. 4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed. 5. Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: List services/systems that cutting

and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services/systems that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate how long services/systems will be disrupted.

6. Structural Elements: Where cutting and patching involve adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with original structure.

7. Design Engineers Project Manager Approval: Obtain approval of cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching. Approval does not waive right to later require removal and replacement of unsatisfactory work.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio.

Page 152: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

CUTTING AND PATCHING

01 7329-2

B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operating elements include the following:

1. Primary operational systems and equipment. 2. Air or smoke barriers. 3. Fire-suppression systems. 4. Mechanical systems piping and ducts. 5. Control systems. 6. Communication systems. 7. Conveying systems. 8. Electrical wiring systems.

C. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch miscellaneous elements or related components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Miscellaneous elements include the following:

1. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. 2. Membranes and flashings. 3. Exterior curtain-wall construction. 4. Equipment supports. 5. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment. 6. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems.

D. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Design Professional's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.

E. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding.

1.06 WARRANTY

A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.

B. In-Place Materials: Use materials identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.

1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will match the visual and functional performance of in-place materials.

Page 153: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

CUTTING AND PATCHING

01 7329-3

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed.

1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with in-place finishes or primers.

2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut.

B. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.

C. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas.

D. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to minimize interruption to occupied areas.

3.03 PERFORMANCE

A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.

1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.

B. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations.

1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.

2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete/Masonry Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-

core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 31 Sections

where required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be

removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting.

6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.

C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections.

Page 154: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

CUTTING AND PATCHING

01 7329-4

1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity of installation.

2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing.

a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing

materials. b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.

3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.

a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over the patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces.

4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance.

5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition.

D. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials.

END OF SECTION 01 7329

Page 155: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700-1

SECTION 01 7700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Inspection procedures. 2. Warranties. 3. Final cleaning.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures" for requirements for Applications for Payment for Substantial and Final Completion.

2. Division 01 Section "Photographic Documentation" for submitting Final Completion construction photographs and negatives.

3. Division 01 Section "Execution" for progress cleaning of Project site. 4. Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record

Specifications, and Record Product Data. 5. Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance

manual requirements. 6. Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training" for requirements for instructing Owner's

personnel. 7. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements

for the Work in those Sections.

1.03 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request.

1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete.

2. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final

certifications, and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to

services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases.

5. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, Final Completion construction photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information.

6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.

7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions.

8. Complete startup testing of systems. 9. Submit test/adjust/balance records.

Page 156: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700-2

10. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements.

11. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities. 12. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and

maintenance. 13. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 14. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual

defects.

B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Design Professional will proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Design Professional will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Design Professional, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.

2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion.

1.04 FINAL COMPLETION

A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final Completion, complete the following:

1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures."

2. Submit certified copy of Design Professional's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Design Professional. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.

3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.

4. Submit pest-control final inspection report and warranty. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products,

equipment, and systems. Submit demonstration and training videotapes where available.

B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request, Design Professional and Construction Manager will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Design Professional will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.

1.05 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)

A. Preparation: Submit [three] <Insert number> copies of list. Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. [ Use CSI Form 14.1A.]

1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, [starting with exterior areas first] [and] [proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor].

2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.

3. Include the following information at the top of each page:

Page 157: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700-3

a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Design Professional [ and Construction Manager]. d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number.

1.06 WARRANTIES

A. Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Design Professional for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated.

B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within [15] <Insert number> days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor.

C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual.

1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper.

2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer.

3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor.

D. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 FINAL CLEANING

A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.

B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project:

a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances.

b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits.

Page 158: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700-4

c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured surface.

d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site.

e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition,

free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition.

g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces.

h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap;

shampoo if visible soil or stains remain. j. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows.

Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces.

k. Remove labels that are not permanent. l. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and

surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. 1) Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and

electrical nameplates.

m. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances.

n. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions. o. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains

resulting from water exposure. p. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed

surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. q. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during

construction. r. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency.

Replace burned-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures.

s. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.

C. Pest Control: Engage an experienced, licensed exterminator to make a final inspection and rid Project of rodents, insects, and other pests. Prepare a report.

D. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of lawfully.

END OF SECTION 01 7700

Page 159: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

EXPANDED METAL PARTITIONS

05 5000-1

SECTION 05 5000 - EXPANDED METAL PARTITIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings, Details of Construction and general provisions of Contract, including General and

Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 0 and 1 Specification Sections, apply to work specified in

this section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. All labor, material necessary to complete all items of miscellaneous metal as listed on the

schedule in Part 2 and as shown on the Drawings.

2. The design, fabrication, transportation to the project site, and associated operations

required to complete miscellaneous metals, including all the various metal items

manufactured to more or less standard details in sizes conforming to specific requirements

of the project.

3. Expanded metal partitions as shown on the drawings.

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. The following specifications and standards are incorporated by reference. Materials and operations

shall comply with requirements of the specified issue of published reference. Where provisions of

these Project Specifications are at variance with those reference specifications, the maximum

criteria or requirements shall govern.

1. ASTM A36-03a, "Carbon Structural Steel"

2. ASTM A53-02, "Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless"

3. ASTM A123-02, "Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products"

4. ASTM A307-02, "Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength"

5. ASTM A325-02, "Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 KSI Minimum Tensile

Strength"

6. ASTM A500-03, "Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in

Rounds and Shapes"

7. ASTM A563-00, "Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts"

8. ASTM A666-00, "Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate,

and Flat Bar"

9. ASTM A992-02, "Steel for Structural Shapes for Use in Building Framing"

10. ASTM F1554-99, "Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105-ksi Yield Strength"

11. AWS D1.1-2002, "Structural Steel Welding Code"

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with Division 01.

1. Shop drawings required for all items. Show all work to be fabricated with all construction

details shown in appropriate scale, methods of attachment to other materials, finished

dimensions, shop welds and grinding of welds, field assembly joints, etc. Indicate welded

connections, including net weld lengths, using standard AWS welding symbols.

Page 160: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

EXPANDED METAL PARTITIONS

05 5000-2

2. Coordinate work with other suppliers and subcontractors; obtain their approved shop

drawing where necessary, or obtain any necessary additional detail information regarding

mounting conditions or other aspects of related work.

1.05 PRODUCT PROTECTION

A. Package, handle, deliver and store at the job site in a manner that will avoid damage or deformation.

Damaged material will be rejected.

B. Furnish items to be built into concrete, masonry, carpentry, etc. as the work progresses.

1.06 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Verify dimensions in field, as required, for pre-cut or prefabricated items.

B. Examine job conditions and adjoining construction which may affect the acceptability of the work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 DESIGN

A. All materials shall be free from defects impairing strength, durability, appearance, and shall be of

the best commercial quality for the purposes indicated. Structural properties shall be such to

withstand safely all strains and stresses to which they will be normally subjected.

2.02 MATERIALS

A. Structural Steel: ASTM A36 or A992.

B. Fastenings: Bolts, welds, rivets or other fastenings as required.

C. Anchor Bolts, Nuts: ASTM F1554, Grade 36.

D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B.

E. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500 Grade B.

F. Shop Paint Primer: Manufacturer's standard rust inhibiting primer.

G. Galvanizing: ASTM A123.

H. Expansion and Adhesive Anchors.

1. Wedge Anchors: Hilti "Kwik Bolt II" or Ramset/Redhead "Trubolt" or equal.

2. Heavy Duty Sleeve Anchors: Hilti "HSL" or equal.

3. Adhesive Anchors: Hilti "HVA" or "HIT", Ramset/Redhead "EPCON" or equal.

I. End Caps for Railings: R & B Wagner, Inc. Type "C."

Page 161: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

EXPANDED METAL PARTITIONS

05 5000-3

2.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR FABRICATION

A. Weld permanent connections wherever possible; use continuous welds where exposed and grind

smooth, straighten members after welding.

B. Perform welding in accordance with AWS D1.1.

C. Perform shop cutting, drilling, fitting and assembly wherever possible. Take field measurements

before fabrication when required.

D. Provide all supporting members, fasteners, framing, hangers, bracing, brackets, straps, bolts,

angles, etc. required to set, connect the work rigidly and properly to other construction.

E. Install welded end caps at all handrail terminations.

2.04 EXPANDED METAL PARTITIONS

A. Expanded Metal Partitions are based on Acorn Wire and Iron Works, LLC. Alternative

manufacturer shall be Chatsworth. Furnish all wire mesh partition as indicated complete with all

hardware and accessories including field bracing, in accordance with the provisions of Contract

Documents.

1. Furnish complete shop drawings including details of 1) panel and door construction, 2)

hardware and fittings, 3) installation.

2. Partition to be equal to Acorn # 130A. Height to be, 8’.

a. All wire type constructed of 10 gauge steel wire woven into 1 ½” x 1 ½” diamond

mesh pattern, securely clinched to channel frames OR 2"x1" rectangular mesh.

b. Vertical frames: 1 ¼” x 5/8” cold rolled “C” section channels with ¼” bolt holes

spaced not more than 18” O.C.

c. Horizontal frames: 1”x 1/2” x 1/8” cold rolled channels.

d. All joints mortised and tenoned.

e. Center reinforcing bar: 1” x 1/2” x 1/8” cold rolled channel tenoned to side frames

with all wires woven through center stiffening bars - (2) required for 9' high panels.

f. Top capping bar: 2 ¼” x 1” cold-rolled, channel with 1/4” “U” bolts 18” o.c.

g. Corner posts: 1 ¼” x 1 ¼” x 1/8” angles with 1/4” bolt holes to match partitions.

h. 3' Sliding door frames 11/2” x 3/4” channel with 11/2” x 1/8” flat bar cover all

around. Each door to have two 4-wheel roller bearing hangers, box track, and

bottom guide channel

i. All doors shall have substantial mortise type cylinder locks operated by key

outside, recessed knob inside

j. All bolts, hardware, and accessories for complete installation to be included

k. Field bracing furnished by erector

l. Finish, electrostatic sprayed enamel black.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Anchor to concrete and masonry with expansion or adhesive anchors where built-in anchorage is

not provided; do not fasten to wood plugs set in masonry.

Page 162: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

EXPANDED METAL PARTITIONS

05 5000-4

B. Vertical members set into concrete or masonry: As shown.

C. Bolts, screws, etc., for field connections: Same material, finish as base material.

3.02 FIELD SPLICES, WELDS

A. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1.

B. Welders shall be certified by AWS.

C. Continuously weld field splices and grind smooth where exposed to view.

D. Fill exposed splice joints with body filler and sand smooth.

E. Touch-up joints, welds with specified primer.

END OF SECTION 05 5000

Page 163: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 0010-1

SECTION 26 0010 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Refer to Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division 01 - General

Requirements, which all apply to work under this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work shall include furnishing of all systems, equipment and material specified in this division and

as called for on the electrical drawings, to include supervision, operations, methods and labor for the fabrication, installation, start-up and tests for the complete electrical installation.

B. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular craft

involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft. C. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest standards

of the craft. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the following codes and

standards:

1. National Electrical Code 2017 2. National Fire Protection Association 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association 4. Standards of Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers 5. International Building Code 6. Occupational Safety and Health Act 7. Iowa Administrative Code 8. NECA Standards 9. Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA)

B. All Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to their work

and shall notify Design Professional of any discrepancies between the design and applicable code requirements so that any conflicts can be resolved. Where two or more codes or standards are in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence, but such questions shall be referred to Design Professional for final decision.

1.04 REQUIREMENTS & FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES

A. Contractor shall comply with the rules and regulations of the local utility companies. He shall

check with each utility company providing service to this project and determine or verify their requirements regarding incoming services.

B. Meters for incoming services shall be selected based on the project requirements. Any questions

concerning this shall be referred to Design Professional prior to bidding. Contractor shall provide the appropriate meter and associated materials if not furnished by the utility company.

C. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections, licenses and fees required in connection

with the electrical work including State of Iowa Electrical Inspections. Contractor shall post all bonds and obtain all licenses required by the State, City, County and Utility.

Page 164: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 0010-2

D. Contractor shall make all arrangements with each utility company and pay all service charges associated with new service.

1.05 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS

A. The electrical drawings indicate in general the building arrangement only. Contractor shall

examine construction drawings to become familiar with the specific type of building construction, i.e. type of structural system, floors, walls, ceilings, room finishes and elevations.

B. Drawings for the electrical work are in part diagrammatic, and are intended to convey the scope

of the work and to indicate in general the location of equipment. C. Contractor shall layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact locations

for equipment and rough-ins and the exact routing of conduits and raceway so as to best fit the layout of the work.

D. Contractor shall take his own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions; scaling

of the drawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work. E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as couplings, pull or splice boxes

may not be shown, but where such items are required by code or by other sections of the specifications or where they are required for proper installation of the work, such items shall be furnished and installed.

1.06 ACTIVE SERVICES A. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying exact locations of all existing services prior to

beginning work in that area. B. Existing active services, i.e., water, gas, sewer, electric, when encountered, shall be protected

against damage. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services which are to remain. C. When active services are encountered which require relocation, Contractor shall make request to

authorities with jurisdiction for determination of procedures. D. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in conformance with

requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction. 1.07 SITE INSPECTION A. Contractor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to familiarize himself with the

conditions of the site which will affect his work and shall verify points of connection with utilities, routing of outside conduit to include required clearances from any existing structures, trees or other obstacles.

B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of Contractor's

failure to make this inspection. 1.08 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION A. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate his work with the schedule of the

General Contractor so as to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays.

Page 165: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 0010-3

B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other trades and shall coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requirements and for determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, other equipment and the building. The Design Professional reserves the right to determine space priority of the contractors in the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and equipment of the various contractors.

C. Conflicts between the drawings and the specifications or between the requirements set forth for the various contractors shall be called to the attention of the Design Professional. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, it will be assumed that none is required and that the Contractor is in agreement with the drawings and specifications as issued. If clarification is required after the contract is awarded, such clarification will be made by the Design Professional and his decision will be final.

D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and material shall be completely protected from weather elements, painting, plaster, etc., until the project is substantially completed. Damage from rust, paint, scratches, etc., shall be repaired as required to restore equipment to original condition.

E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibility of the Painting Contractor, but this shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for checking to assure that adequate protection is being provided. Refer to Division 09 for painting protection.

F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires the contractor to work in areas previously finished by the General Contractor, the Electrical Contractor shall be responsible that such areas are protected and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such work. Electrical Contractor shall arrange with the General Contractor for patching and refinishing of such areas which may be damaged in this respect.

1.09 OPENINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Refer to Division 1 for additional cutting and patching information.

B. Conduits and sleeves passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and conduit or sleeve shall be sealed with UL listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor. Where conduit or sleeves pass through floors, roofs, walls and partitions that are not fire or smoke rated, penetrations shall be sealed with grout or caulk.

C. Existing Structure:

1. Contractor shall provide cutting, lintels and patching, and patch painting in the existing structure, as required for the installation of his work, and shall furnish lintels and supports as required for openings.

2. Cutting of structural support members will not be permitted without prior approval of the Design Professional. Extent of cutting shall be minimized; use core drills, power saws or other machines which will provide neat, minimum openings.

3. Patching shall match adjacent materials and surfaces and shall be performed by craftsmen skilled in the respective craft required.

D. Conduits and wireways passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and conduits, sleeves and/or wireways, shall be sealed with UL listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor. Where conduits, sleeves and/or wireways pass through floors, roofs, walls and partitions that are not fire or smoke rated, penetrations shall be sealed with grout or caulk.

Page 166: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 0010-4

E. For exterior walls below grade, sleeves shall be cast iron. Space between sleeve and conduit

shall be sealed with modular mechanical rubber links tightened with bolts as made by Thunderline Corporation, Wayne, Michigan 48184. Waterproofing of conduit penetrations in exterior walls shall be coordinated with waterproofing contractor.

1.10 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. All materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable U.S.A. manufacturer

regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specified item unless authorized in writing by Design Professional. Where more than one unit is required of the same system, they shall be furnished by the same manufacturer except where specified otherwise.

B. All material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's

recommendations. C. The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as parts,

controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and function as specified, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items when required shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for.

1.11 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor shall furnish, to the Design Professional, complete sets of shop drawings and other

submittal data. Contractor shall review and sign shop drawings before submittal. Refer to Division 01 specifications for additional requirements.

B. Shop drawings shall be bound into sets and cover related items for a complete system as much

as practical and shall be identified with symbols or "plan marks" used on drawings. Incomplete, piecemeal or unbound submittals will be rejected.

C. Submittals required by the various sections of the Project Manual include, but are not necessarily

limited to those identified in the submittal schedule below. D. After award of contract, the contractor shall provide a completed submittal schedule including

dates that the submittals will be to the Design Professional for review. E. Submit required information on the following items:

SPEC

SECTION

EQUIPMENT

DETAIL

DWGS

PROD

DATA

SAMPLES

INSTALL

METHODS

O & M

MANUAL

CERTIFICATE

OF SYSTEM

DEMON-

STRATION

OTHER

(SEE

NOTES)

26 2726 Wiring Devices X X

F. Design Professional will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting

the plans and specifications. G. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ from contract drawings

and specifications.

Page 167: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 0010-5

1.12 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to Design Professional. Refer to Division

01 specifications for additional information.

B. Submit manuals in duplicate upon completion of the job. Manuals shall be bound in a three ring hard-backed binder. Front cover and spine of each binder shall have the following lettering done:

OPERATION

AND MAINTENANCE

MANUAL FOR

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

(PROJECT NAME) (LOCATION)

(DATE)

SUBMITTED BY (NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR)

C. Provide a master index at the beginning of manual showing items included. Use plastic tab

indexes for sections of manual. Each section shall contain the following information for equipment furnished under this contract:

1. Equipment and system warranties and guarantees. 2. Installation instructions. 3. Operating instructions. 4. Maintenance instructions. 5. Spare parts identification and ordering list. 6. Local service organization, address, contact and phone number. 7. Shop drawings with reviewed stamp of Design Professional and Contractor shall be

included, if applicable, along with the items listed above. D. Items to be included shall be those listed in shop drawing section. 1.13 TESTS AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. All systems shall be tested by Contractor and placed in proper working order prior to

demonstrating systems to Owner. B. Contractor shall test the electrical grounding system resistance in accordance with Specification

Section 26 0526 – Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems and submit a report to Design Professional stating the results.

1.14 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01. Requests shall clearly describe the equipment for which approval is

being requested. Include all data necessary to demonstrate that equipment's capacities, features and performance are equivalent. between specified equipment and equipment for which approval is being requested. If the equipment is acceptable, Design Professional will approve it in an addendum. Design Professional will, under no circumstances, be required to prove that an item proposed for substitution is or is not of equal quality to the specified item.

Page 168: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 0010-6

B. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical dimensions

and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of the substitution.

1.15 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a specific manufacturer's type, style,

dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or on the plan schedules are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal quality. These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to Design Professional at least 8 days prior to the bid due date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals.

B. Manufacturers, who do not submit prior to bidding, run the risk of having the product rejected at

time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and/or the manufacturer.

C. If Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be his responsibility to

assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in 'A' above. Contractor shall assume all responsibility for physical dimensions, operating characteristics, and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of using the alternate manufacturer.

D. Where a model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all product requirements.

Refer to additional requirements provided on the plans or in the specifications as required. Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog number that are not specifically stated. These requirements shall also be met.

1.16 GUARANTEE A. The entire electrical system including all sub-systems shall be guaranteed against defect in

materials and installation for a minimum of one year from substantial completion or beneficial occupancy whichever occurs earlier. Any malfunctions which occur within the guarantee period shall be promptly corrected without cost to the Owner. This guarantee shall not limit or void any manufacturer's express or implied warranties.

1.17 CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01. 1.18 COMPLETION A. Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non-hazardous and ready

for normal use by the Owner. B. When all the electrical work is complete Contractor shall thoroughly clean all material and

equipment installed as a part of this contract and leave all equipment and material in new condition.

C. Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and equipment left

during the progress of this contract at job completion.

Page 169: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 0010-7

1.19 ACCESS DOORS A. When the Electrical Contractor provides any equipment requiring periodic servicing which will be

concealed by non-accessible architectural construction, the Electrical Contractor shall provide a flush access door. The access door shall be equal to a Karp DSC-211 Universal access door or Nystrom APWB or type for the specific construction involved.

B. Access doors in fire rated construction shall be fire rated and have U.L. label. C. Construction:

1. Door and trim shall be 13 gauge steel, frames shall be 16 gauge steel. 2. Trim shall be of one piece construction. 3. Finish shall be prime coat of rust inhibitive baked grey enamel. 4. Hinges shall be concealed, offset, floating hinge. 5. Locks shall be flush, screwdriver operated with stainless steel cam-and-studs.

1.20 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Refer to Specification Division 1 for specific requirements concerning temporary utilities.

END OF SECTION 26 0010

Page 170: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 171: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 0519-1

SECTION 26 0519 - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND

CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -

General Requirements and Section 26 0010 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall furnish all material, tools, labor and supervision necessary to install all wiring

systems. B. This section describes the basic materials and methods of installation for general wiring systems

of 600 volts and less. Wiring for a higher voltage rating, if required, shall be as specified in other sections or called for on the drawings.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical

wire, cable and connectors. B. UL Compliance: Comply with UL standards pertaining to wire, cable and connectors. C. UL Labels: Provide electrical wires, cables and connectors which have been UL-listed and

labeled. D. NEMA/ICEA Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of NEMA/Insulated Cable Engineers

Association standards pertaining to materials, construction and testing of wire and cable. E. ANSI/ASTM: Comply with applicable portions of ANSI/ASTM standards pertaining to construction

of wire and cable. F. The materials used for wiring systems shall be the products of a manufacturer regularly engaged

in the manufacturing of the specified material. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 WIRE AND CABLE

A. All wire and cable for power, lighting, control and signal circuits shall have copper conductors of

not less than 98% conductivity and shall be insulated to 600 V. Conductor sizes #10 AWG and smaller shall be solid, conductor sizes #8 AWG and larger shall be stranded.

B. Minimum size conductors shall be #12 AWG for power and lighting. C. Type of wire and cable for various applications shall be as follows:

1. Type THWN, or XHHW (75 deg. C) - use for branch circuits, panel and equipment feeders in wet and dry locations.

2. Type THHN, or XHHW (90 deg. C) - use for branch circuits, panel and equipment feeders in dry locations only. Use where lighting branch circuit conductors are routed through fluorescent fixture channels.

Page 172: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 0519-2

3. Type MTW, wet and dry locations - use for low voltage signal and control circuits operating at 25 volts or less.

4. Type UF - use where permitted by other sections or by the drawings for underground burial branch circuits.

D. For all vibration type installations (i.e. motors, etc), provide stranded type conductors. 2.02 CONDUCTOR COLOR CODING A. Wiring systems shall be color coded. Conductor insulation shall be colored in sizes up through

#8 AWG, conductors #6 AWG and larger shall have black insulation and shall be phase color coded with one-half inch band of colored tape at all junctions and terminations. Colors shall be assigned to each conductor as described below and carried throughout all main and branch circuit distribution. When necessary to use tape, use colored tape on black wire. Do not use colored tape on colored wire.

120/208V.Y 277/480V.

Phase 'A' Conductor Black Brown Phase 'B' Conductor Red Orange Phase 'C' Conductor Blue Yellow Neutral Conductor White Grey Grounding Conductor Green Green

2.03 CONNECTORS

A. In-line splices and taps for conductor sizes #8 AWG and smaller, use 3M Co. "Scotchlock" vinyl

insulated spring connectors, or equal Ideal "wingnut" or Thomas & Betts. Wago wire nuts are also acceptable.

B. Connectors for conductors No. 6 and larger shall be of compression or split-bolt types, National

Electric, Thomas & Betts, Blackburn or Burndy mechanical connectors. Fill connector voids with electrical insulation putty, follow with 3-M Scotch tape #33, minimum 2 layers.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Wire shall not be installed in the conduit system until the building is enclosed and masonry work

is completed. B. Conduit shall be swabbed free of moisture and debris prior to pulling in wiring. Pull mouse

through conduits prior to pulling conductors. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. All cable for major feeders shall be continuous from origin to termination, unless otherwise

indicated. B. Splices in branch circuit wires shall be made only in accessible junction boxes.

Page 173: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 0519-3

C. All power feeder cable shall be pulled with the use of approved pulling compound or powder. Compound must not deteriorate conductor or insulation.

D. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable or rope which cannot damage raceway. E. Install exposed cable, parallel and perpendicular to surfaces or exposed structural members and

follow surface contours, where possible. F. Keep conductor splices to a minimum. G. The continuity of circuit conductors shall not be dependant on service connections such as lamp

holders, receptacles, etc., where the removal of such devices would interrupt the continuity. H. Provide separate green ground conductor throughout entire electrical system. I. All branch circuits shall have dedicated neutrals. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prior to energizing system, test cable and wire for continuity of circuitry, and also for short circuits.

Correct malfunctions when detected. B. Subsequent to wire and cable hook-ups, energize circuitry and demonstrate functioning in

accordance with requirements.

END OF SECTION 26 0519

Page 174: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 175: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0526-1

SECTION 26 0526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED WORK

A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -

General Requirements and Section 26 0010 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work

required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. Extent of grounding work is indicated by drawings and shall comply with NEC.

B. Applications of grounding work in this section include the following:

1. Equipment.

C. Requirements of this section apply to electrical grounding work specified elsewhere in these

specifications.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC requirements as applicable to materials and installation of

electrical grounding systems, associated equipment and wiring. Provide grounding products

which are UL-listed and labeled.

B. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of UL Standards Nos. 467 and 869

pertaining to electrical grounding and bonding.

C. IEEE Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of IEEE Standard 142 and 241

pertaining to electrical grounding.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 GROUNDING SYSTEMS

A. Materials and Components

1. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide electrical grounding systems indicated; with assembly of materials, including, but not limited to, cables/wires, connectors, terminals (solderless lugs), grounding rods/electrodes and plate electrodes, bonding jumper braid, surge arresters, and additional accessories needed for complete installation. Where more than one type unit meets indicated requirements, selection is Installer's option. Where materials or components are not indicated, provide products complying with NEC, UL, IEEE, and established industry standards for applications indicated.

2. Raceways: Provide raceways, and electrical boxes and fittings complying with Division 26, Section 26 0533 – Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems.

3. Conductors: Unless otherwise indicated, provide electrical grounding conductors for grounding connections matching power supply wiring materials and sized according to NEC.

Page 176: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0526-2

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL GROUNDING

A. General: Install electrical grounding systems where shown, in accordance with applicable

portions of NEC, with NECA's "Standard of Installation", and in accordance with recognized

industry practices to ensure that products comply with requirements and serve intended

functions.

B. Coordinate with other electrical work as necessary to interface installation of electrical grounding

system with other work.

C. Install bonding jumpers with ground clamps on water meter piping to electrically bypass water

meters.

D. Install clamp-on connectors only on thoroughly cleaned metal contact surfaces, to ensure

electrical conductivity and circuit integrity.

E. Provide separate green ground conductor throughout entire electrical system sized as required by

the NEC.

END OF SECTION 26 0526

Page 177: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0529-1

SECTION 26 0529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -

General Requirements and Section 26 0010 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide materials, labor and supervision as necessary to provide hangers and supports for

conduit, fixtures and equipment. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical

supporting devices. B. ANSI/NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI/NEMA Std. Pub. No. FB

1, "Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies". C. NECA Compliance: Comply with National Electrical Contractors Association's "Standard of

Installation" pertaining to anchors, fasteners, hangers, supports, and equipment mounting. D. UL Compliance: Provide electrical components which are UL-listed and labeled. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURED SUPPORTING DEVICES A. General: Provide supporting devices; complying with manufacturer's standard materials, design

and construction in accordance with published product information, and as required for a complete installation; and as herein specified. Where more than one type of device meets indicated requirements, selection is Installer's option.

B. Conduit Cable Supports: Provide cable supports with insulating wedging plug for non-armored

type electrical cables in risers; construct for rigid metal conduit; type wire as indicated; construct body of malleable iron casting with hot dip galvanized finish.

C. U-Channel Strut Systems: Provide U-channel strut system for supporting electrical equipment,

16-guage hot dip galvanized steel, of types and sizes indicated; construct with 9/16" dia. holes, 8" o.c. on top surface, with standard green finish, and with the following fittings which mate and match with U-channel:

1. Fixture hangers. 2. Channel hangers. 3. End caps. 4. Beam clamps. 5. Wiring stud. 6. Thinwall conduit clamps. 7. Rigid conduit clamps. 8. Conduit hangers. 9. U-bolts.

Page 178: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0529-2

D. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide channel systems of one of the following:

1. B-Line Systems, Inc. 2. Thomas & Betts, Superstrut 3. Unistrut Div.; Tyco International 4. Globestrut

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Install hangers, anchors, sleeves and seals as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's

written instructions and with recognized industry practices to insure supporting devices comply with requirements.

B. Coordinate with other electrical work, including raceway and wiring work, as necessary to

interface installation of supporting devices with other work. C. Conduit hangers and support devices shall be approved type for the method of supporting

required. All hangers and supports shall have galvanized finish or other approved corrosion resistance finish. In general, hangers and supports shall be as follows:

1. Where single or multiple run of conduit is routed on surface of structure; use conduit clamps mounted on U-channel strut so as to maintain not less than 1" clearance between conduit and structure.

2. Where single run of conduit is suspended from overhead; use split ring conduit clamp suspended by 3/8" steel drop rod.

3. Where multiple parallel runs of conduit are suspended from overhead; use split ring conduit clamps uniformly spaced and supported on trapeze hangers fabricated of U-channel strut, suspended by not less than two steel drop rods.

4. Where circuit voltage is above 600 volts, conduit clamps shall be provided with insulating bushings of dielectric strength as required.

5. Where conduit is buried in concrete floor topping; anchor conduit to structural floor with one hole jiffy clamps.

6. Maximum hanger and support spacing shall be in accordance with NEC. D. Hangers and supports shall be anchored to structure as follows:

1. Hangers and supports anchored to poured concrete, use malleable iron or steel concrete inserts attached to concrete forms.

2. Hangers or supports anchored to precast concrete, use self-drilling expansion shields. Expansion shields may be used where concrete inserts have been missed or additional support is required in poured concrete.

3. Hanger or supports anchored to structural steel, use beam clamps and/or steel channels as required by structural system.

4. Hangers or supports anchored to metal deck, use spring clips or approved welding pins. Maximum permissible load on each hanger shall not exceed 50 pounds.

5. Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners in hollow masonry, plaster, or gypsum board partitions and walls.

6. Use sheet metal screws in sheet metal studs and wood screws in wood construction. E. The following is not permitted:

1. Attaching supports and hangers to piping, ductwork, mechanical equipment, or conduit. 2. Use of powder-actuated anchors. 3. Drilling of structural steel members.

Page 179: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0529-3

F. Fixtures on plastered or acoustical ceilings shall not be supported directly on ceiling tile. Provide

metal bar hangers or U-channel strut attached to ceiling supports. G. Where disconnect switches and panels cannot be mounted on wall, provide support racks

fabricated of structural steel or U-channel strut. H. Provide concrete bases and pads for transformers, switchgear, free standing panels, generators,

outdoor lighting poles and other equipment requiring bases, except where drawings indicate that such bases and pads are to be furnished by the General Contractor. Furnish all equipment anchor bolts and installation for their proper and accurate location. All concrete work and reinforcing shall comply with General Specifications.

END OF SECTION 26 0529

Page 180: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 181: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533-1

SECTION 26 0533 - RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -

General Requirements and Section 26 0010 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall furnish all materials, tools labor and supervision necessary to fabricate and install

complete conduit systems. B. Conduit systems shall be provided for all wiring, except where the drawings or other sections of

the specifications indicate that certain wiring may be installed in cable trays, surface raceway, underfloor raceway, wireways and/or auxiliary gutters.

C. Types of raceways in this section include the following:

1. Electrical metallic tubing. 2. Flexible metal conduit. 3. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit. 4. Rigid non-metallic conduit. 5. Surface metal raceways.

D. Contractor shall furnish all material, tools, labor and supervision necessary to install electrical

boxes and fittings as required by drawings and specifications. E. Types of electrical boxes and fittings in this section include the following:

1. Outlet boxes. 2. Junction boxes. 3. Pull boxes.

F. Telecommunications Raceway Requirements:

1. The term “telecommunications” includes all low voltage technology systems including voice and data, access control, video surveillance, intrusion detection, audio video, induction loop, paging, intercom, nurse call, school bell and/or clock systems. The term does not include fire alarm system, which is addressed separately in the plans and specifications.

2. Contractor shall provide and install telecommunications boxes and conduits, including wall sleeves unless otherwise noted. Minimum wall sleeve size shall be 1" conduit.

3. All interior conduits shall have bushings installed during conduit installation. Completed individual installations shall have bushings installed same business day.

4. Minimum interior conduit size for all information jacks (voice data cabling) shall be 1” unless otherwise noted.

5. Wiremold surface raceway for all low voltage systems shall be minimum V2300 unless noted otherwise (non-metallic raceway).

6. Wiremold surface boxes for all low voltage shall be minimum 2.5” deep single gang, unless otherwise noted.

Page 182: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533-2

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA standards pertaining to

raceways. B. UL Compliance and Labeling: Comply with provisions of UL safety standards pertaining to

electrical raceway systems; and provide products and components which have been UL-listed and labeled.

C. NEC Compliance: Comply with requirements as applicable to construction and installation of

raceway systems. D. The materials used in the fabrication of the raceway system shall be products of a manufacturer

regularly engaged in the manufacturing of the specified material. E. NEC compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical

wiring boxes and fittings. F. UL Compliance: Provide electrical boxes and fittings which have been UL-listed and labeled. G. ANSI/NEMA Standards Compliance: Comply with ANSI C 134.1 (NEMA Standards Pub No. OS

1) as applicable to sheet-steel outlet boxes, covers and box supports. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Raceway Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data including specifications, installation

instructions and general recommendations, for each type of raceway listed below. Include data substantiating that materials comply with requirements for the following:

1. Surface Metal Raceway

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 RACEWAYS A. General: Provide metal conduit, tubing and fittings of types, grades, sizes and weights (wall

thicknesses) for each service indicated. Where types and grades are not indicated, provide proper selection determined by Installer to fulfill wiring requirements, and comply with applicable portions of NEC for raceways. Conduit shall be used where concealed in permanent wall construction or in ceiling plenums. Surface raceway shall be used where exposed in finished regularly occupied areas.

B. Electrical Metallic Tubing: Thin wall, electrically welded cold rolled steel conduit, galvanized

inside and out by electro galvanized process. Baked clear elastic enamel coating in and out. Use for installations in stud walls, masonry walls, above suspended ceilings and where exposed.

C. Flexible Metal Conduit: Formed of one continuous length of spirally wound electro galvanized

steel strip. Use for final connections to all motor operated equipment such as unit heaters, fans, air handling units, pumps, generators, generator enclosures and connections to dry type transformer, connections from junction boxes to lighting fixtures in accessible ceiling, and for wiring within casework and millwork.

D. MC cable will not be allowed.

Page 183: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533-3

E. Surface Non-Metallic Raceways: Provide surface non-metal raceways of sizes and channels indicated on plans and constructed of plastic covers. Use where exposed in finished regularly occupied areas.

1. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, the following manufacturers are acceptable: a. Wiremold (basis of design) b. Hubbell

2.02 CONDUIT FITTINGS A. Metallic Tubing Fittings: Compression type galvanized malleable iron or steel, water and

concrete tight where exposed to wet locations or imbedded in concrete. Steel set screw type acceptable in all dry location applications.

B. Flexible Metal Conduit Fittings: External squeeze or set screw type galvanized malleable iron or

steel with nylon insulated throats. Internal screw type fittings are not allowed. C. Surface Metal Raceway Fittings: Provide types that match and mate to raceways provided. 2.03 WALL OUTLET BOXES A. General: Boxes shall be Raco, Steel City, Appleton or equal, catalog numbers based on Raco,

unless otherwise indicated. In general, the type of boxes shall be as follows:

1. In Stud Walls: For single outlet use 4" square by 1-1/2" deep box #192. Boxes to be provided with raised covers of depth as required for thickness of wall materials.

2. In Masonry and Poured Concrete Walls: Use 3-3/4" high by 2-1/2" and/or 3-1/2" deep masonry boxes #691 through #699 and/or #960 through #969.

3. Surface Mounted Wall Outlets for conduit: Use 4" square by 1-1/2" deep box #192 with raised cover.

4. Surface Mounted Wall Outlets for surface metal raceway: Use single gang boxes 1-1/2" deep Wiremold #V57xx series.

5. Suspended Ceiling: Use octagon boxes, depth as required for application, securely fastened to structure.

6. Poured Concrete Ceiling Slabs: Use octagon concrete rings with back plates. 7. Switch Outlets in Door Jambs: Use partition boxes #426 and #427 for single and two

gang switches. 8. Outlets Installed Outdoors or in Wet Locations: Use Bell Product 200 Series outlet box.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF RACEWAY A. In general, all horizontal runs of branch circuit conduit shall be installed in ceiling plenum.

Raceway for convenience outlets, wall mounted fixtures and other wall outlets shall be routed overhead and dropped through wall to the outlet. Branch circuit raceway shall not be installed in or below concrete floor slabs except where conditions will not permit the raceway to be installed overhead. Conduit shall be used where concealed in permanent wall construction or in ceiling plenums. Surface raceway shall be used where exposed in finished regularly occupied areas where walls are existing.

B. Feeder conduits to panelboards, motor control centers and other major loads may be installed in

fill below concrete slabs on grade.

Page 184: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533-4

C. Generally, all conduit shall be concealed, except in crawl spaces, tunnels, shafts, mechanical equipment rooms, and at connection to surface panels and free standing equipment, and as otherwise noted.

D. Exposed conduit and conduit concealed in ceiling space shall be routed in lines parallel to

building construction. E. All conduit runs above suspended acoustical ceilings shall be routed so as not to interfere with tile

panel removals with 4'0" to 6'0" flexible conduit drops from an independent junction box, accessible from below the ceiling, to ceiling mounted equipment.

F. Minimum size conduit shall be 1/2" trade size except all home runs to panels shall be minimum 3/4". Minimum size surface raceway shall be V500 for power. Where specified size is not called for on drawings or in the specifications, conduit shall be sized per NEC.

G. Install the conduit system mechanically and electrically continuous from outlet to outlet and to all

cabinets, junction or pull boxes. Conduit shall enter and be secured to all cabinets and boxes in such a manner that all parts of the system will have electrical continuity.

H. Installation of PVC conduit shall comply with the NEC with regard to grounding. I. PVC conduit shall not be installed above grade unless noted otherwise. J. Support conduit raceway systems in accordance with requirements as set forth in the National

Electric Code.

3.02 INSTALLATION OF BOXES AND FITTINGS A. Install electrical boxes and fittings where indicated, complying with manufacturer's written

instructions, applicable requirements of NEC and NECA's "Standard of Installation", and in compliance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products fulfill requirements.

B. Coordinate installation of electrical boxes and fittings with wire/cable and raceway installation

work. 3.03 OUTLET BOX INSTALLATION A. Outlet boxes shall be installed for all fixtures, switches, receptacles and other devices. B. Approximate locations of outlets are shown on the plans, but each outlet location as shown shall

be checked by Contractor before installing the outlet box. C. Wall boxes installed flush in common wall shall not be back-to-back or through-wall type. Boxes

located on opposite sides of a common wall that are closely connected by conduit shall have the conduit openings plugged with duct seal.

D. Install boxes and conduit bodies in those locations to ensure ready accessibility of electrical

wiring. E. Outlet boxes shall be installed plumb and square with wall face and with front of box or cover

located within 1/8" of face of finish wall. Boxes in masonry shall be set with bottom or top of the box tight to the masonry unit.

Page 185: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533-5

3.04 PULL BOX, JUNCTION BOX & GUTTER INSTALLATION A. Install pull boxes, junction boxes and auxiliary wiring gutters where indicated on drawings and

where required to facilitate installation of the wiring. B. For concealed conduit, install boxes flush with ceiling or wall, with covers accessible and easily

removable. Where flush boxes are installed in finish ceilings or walls, provide cover which shall exceed the box face dimensions by a sufficient amount to allow no gap between box and finished material.

C. Boxes shall not be located in finished, occupied rooms, without prior approval of Design

Professional.

END OF SECTION 26 0533

Page 186: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 187: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

26 0553-1

SECTION 26 0553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -

General Requirements and Section 26 0010 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall provide identification for wiring systems and equipment as called for in this

section. B. Types of electrical identification specified in this section include the following:

1. Conduit color banding. 2. Cable conductor identification.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of UL safety standards pertaining to electrical

marking and labeling identification systems. B. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to installation of identifying labels and markers

for wiring and equipment.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard products of categories

and types required for each application. Where more than single type is specified for an application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single selection for each application.

1. For branch circuits, mark panel name and circuit numbers on all junction/pull boxes.

B. Cable/Conductor Identification Bands

1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard vinyl-cloth self-adhesive cable/conductor markers of wrap-around type; either pre-numbered plastic coated type, or write-on type with clear plastic self-adhesive cover flap; numbered to show circuit identification.

C. Self-Adhesive Tape for Receptacle Circuit Identification

1. General: Provide self-adhesive or pressure-sensitive, pre-printed, flexible vinyl tape for panel name and circuit number.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION

A. General Installation Requirements

1. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require finish, install identification after completion of painting.

Page 188: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

26 0553-2

B. Conduit Identification

1. Conduit above accessible ceiling spaces shall be identified per 2.01 B. 2. Where electrical conduit is exposed in spaces with exposed mechanical piping which is

identified by a color-coded method, apply color-coded identification on electrical conduit in a manner similar to piping identification.

3. Identify junction and pullboxes of systems with stencil lettering for panel and circuit numbers or system type.

C. Cable/Conductor Identification

1. General: Apply cable/conductor identification on each cable and conductor in each box/enclosure/cabinet where wires of more than one circuit or communication/signal system are present, except where another form of identification (such as color-coded conductors) is provided. Match identification with marking system used in panelboards, shop drawings, contract documents and similar previously established identification for project electrical work.

END OF SECTION 26 0553

Page 189: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

WIRING DEVICES 26 2726-1

SECTION 26 2726 - WIRING DEVICES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements,

Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 0010 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide materials, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install wiring devices as

required by the drawings and this section. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical

wiring devices. B. UL Compliance and Labeling: Provide electrical wiring devices which have been UL-listed and

labeled. C. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA standards for general- and specific-purpose wiring

devices. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's name and product data literature for each type of wiring device required.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES A. All switches and receptacles shall be "specification grade", side and back wired, except where

higher grade is called for on the plans. Acceptable manufacturers are as follows, with catalog numbers based on Hubbell, Inc.:

1. Hubbell, Inc. 2. Pass & Seymour 3. Leviton

B. Color of switches, receptacles and coverplates shall match the existing in each facility. C. Wall switches shall be as follows:

1. Single pole toggle light switch - 20 amp, 120-277 volt, #1221 series. 2. Double pole toggle light switch - 20 amp, 120-277 volt, #1222 series. 3. Three-way toggle light switch - 20 amp, 120-277 volt #1223 series. 4. Four-way toggle light switch - 20 amp, 120-277 volt, #1224 series. 5. Double-pole double-throw center off light switch - 20 amp, 277 volt, #1386 series. 6. Momentary contact switch - 15 amp, 120-277 volt, #1556 series. 7. All switches serving emergency circuits shall be as specified in 2.01 above, except shall

have "red" handles.

Page 190: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

WIRING DEVICES 26 2726-2

D. Receptacles shall be as follows:

1. Duplex receptacles - 2 pole, 3 wire grounding type, back and side wired, 20 amp, 125 volt, NEMA 5-20R (unless noted otherwise on drawings). Face material shall be thermoplastic. Acceptable manufacturer's catalog numbers: P&S 5362, Hubbell 5352, Leviton 5352. Wherever a duplex receptacle is shown outdoors, provide Hubbell 5362_WR or equivalent.

2. Receptacles for power and special purpose outlets shall have characteristics and NEMA configurations as per electrical symbols listed on drawings.

3. Ground fault interrupting receptacles (GFI) shall be duplex with test and reset buttons, equal to Hubbell GF5352 series.

4. Surge suppression outlets indicated as TVSS on drawings shall be equal to Hubbell 5352-IS.

5. Tamper resistant type duplex receptacles where required shall be 20 amp, 125 volt, NEMA 5-20R equal to Hubbell BR 20 series with the following additional requirements: a. Shall permit current to flow only while a standard plug is in the proper position in

the receptacle. b. Screws exposed while the wall plates are in place shall be the tamperproof type. c. Shall be installed where indicated on plans.

6. Isolated ground type duplex receptacles shall be orange in color, equal to Hubbell IG 5362 (for 20 amp, 125 volt) or as designated on plans for special purpose ratings.

7. Combination isolated ground and surge suppression outlets shall be equal to Hubbell IG 5352IS.

8. All receptacles connected to emergency circuits shall be as specified in 2.01 above, except shall have "red" bodies.

2.01 WIRING DEVICE ACCESSORIES A. Cover Plates:

1. Stainless steel, smooth metal, Type 302. 2. Provide plates for all switches, receptacles, TV outlets, other outlets and blank plates for

unused outlets. 3. Plates for surface outlets shall be of the raised cover type utilizing 4" square boxes. 4. Outlets Installed Outdoors or in Wet Locations:

a. Weather Proof Flip Cover ("WP"): Weatherproof device covers shall consist of cast metal cover plate and cap over each opening. The cap shall be permanently attached to the cover plate by a spring hinged flap. The weatherproof integrity shall not be affected when heavy duty specification or hospital grade attachment plug caps are inserted. Cover plates on outlet boxes mounted flush in the wall shall be gasketed to the wall in a watertight manner. 1) Horizontally mounted devices shall have cover plate aligned for same

mounting, equal to Hubbell CWP series. 2) Vertically mounted devices shall have cover plate aligned for same

mounting, equal to Hubbell WP series. b. Weather Proof Cord and Plug Cover ("WPD"): Intermatic WP1020 outdoor outlet

covers. Covers to be made of clear, UV stabilized polycarbonate, hinged at the top with a securing tab at the bottom. Gaskets shall be provided to mount between outlet boxes and cover/base assemblies.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION OF WIRING DEVICES A. Install wiring devices as indicated on the drawings and as called for below.

Page 191: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

WIRING DEVICES 26 2726-3

B. In masonry walls, switches and receptacle heights shall be adjusted as required so outlets are at nearest mortar joint to specified height.

C. Where light switches are located adjacent to doors, they shall be installed on "knob" side of door,

unless indicated otherwise. D. Switched duplex receptacles shall be wired so that only the top receptacle is switched; the

remaining receptacle shall be unswitched. E. All GFI type receptacles shall be installed where GFI notation is shown on plans. No downstream

protection of receptacles will be allowed from load side of other GFI type receptacles. F. Prior to roughing-in outlet boxes, Contractor shall verify from general construction drawings, door

swings, type of wall finishes and locations for counters and work benches. G. Receptacles shall be installed with ground terminal up.

END OF SECTION 26 2726

Page 192: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 193: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS

27 0010-1

SECTION 27 0010 - TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Refer to Bidding Information, conditions of the Contract and Division I, General Requirements,

which all apply to work under this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section applies to all work under the telecommunications contract. This shall include, but not

necessarily be limited to, the following:

1. Pre-Register Project with structured cabling plant manufacturer if applicable. 2. Furnish and install a complete voice and data-wiring infrastructure. 3. Furnish, install, and terminate all UTP cable and fiber as applicable and per drawings. 4. Furnish and install all wall plates, jacks, patch panels, and patch cords as required and

as indicated. 5. Furnish and install any cabinets, racks and ladder rack as required and as indicated. 6. Furnish any other material required to form a complete system. 7. Perform permanent link testing (100% of links) and certification of all components. 8. Furnish test results of all cabling to the owner on disk and paper format, listed by each

closet, then by workstation ID. 9. Provide Owner As-builts in the form of one electronic copy and two hard copies of a

labeled map of the building(s) showing the structured cabling plant. 10. Adhere and comply with all requirements of the Contractor Agreement for the structured

cabling plant manufacturer to be used. 11. Provide Owner training and testing documentation.

B. The work shall include all materials, equipment and labor required for complete and properly

functioning telecommunications systems. C. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular craft

involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft. D. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest standards

of the craft. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the following codes and

standards:

1. National Electrical Code 2. Local Electrical Code 3. National Fire Protection Association 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association 5. Standards of Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers 6. Applicable Building Codes 7. Occupational Safety and Health Act 8. Iowa Administrative Codes 9. ANSI TIA-526-7 Measurement of Optical Power Loss of Installed Single-Mode Fiber

Cable Plant 10. ANSI TIA-526-14-C Optical Power Loss Measurements of Installed Multimode Fiber

Cable Plant

Page 194: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS

27 0010-2

11. ANSI TIA-568-D.0 Generic Telecommunications Cabling For Customer Premises 12. ANSI TIA-568-D.1 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard Part 1:

General Requirements 13. ANSI TIA-568-C.2 Balanced Twisted-Pair Telecommunications Cabling and Components

Standards 14. ANSI TIA-568-C.3 Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard 15. ANSI TIA-568-C.4 Broadband Coaxial Cabling and Components Standard 16. ANSI TIA-569-D Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces 17. ANSI TIA-570-C Residential Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard 18. ANSI TIA-598-D Optical Fiber Cable Color Coding 19. ANSI TIA-606-B Administration Standard for Commercial Telecommunications

Infrastructure 20. ANSI TIA-607-B Commercial Building Grounding (Earthing) and Bonding Requirements

for Telecommunications 21. ANSI TIA-758-B Customer-owned Outside Plant Telecommunications Infrastructure

Standard 22. National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA - 70), National Electrical Code (NEC)

B. All Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to their work.

No extra compensation will be allowed for corrections or changes in the work required due to failure to comply with the applicable codes and standards. Where two or more codes or standards are in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence, but such questions shall be referred to Design Professional for final decision.

1.04 REQUIREMENTS & FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES

A. Contractor shall comply with the rules and regulations of the local serving utility companies and

shall check with each utility company providing service to this project and determine or verify their requirements regarding incoming services.

B. Secure and pay for all permits, licenses, fees and inspections. 1.05 DRAWINGS A. Drawings for the work are in part diagrammatic and are intended to convey the scope of the work

and to indicate in general the location of equipment. B. Contractor shall layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact quantities

and locations for equipment. C. Contractor shall take own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions; scaling of

the drawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work. D. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items for a complete installation are not

shown, but where such items are required by code (or referenced standards) where they are required for proper installation and operation of the work, such items shall be furnished and installed.

1.06 ACTIVE SERVICES A. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying exact locations of all existing services prior to

beginning work in that area. B. When active services are encountered which require relocation, Contractor shall make request to

authorities with jurisdiction for determination of procedures.

Page 195: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS

27 0010-3

C. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in conformance with

requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction. 1.07 SITE INSPECTION A. Contractor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to become familiar with the

conditions of the site which will affect the work and shall verify points of connection with utilities and/or existing system wiring.

B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of Contractor's

failure to make this inspection. 1.08 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION A. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate work with the schedule of

General Contractor so as to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays. B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other trades and shall

coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requirements and for determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, other equipment and the building. The Design Professional reserves the right to determine space priority of the contractors in the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and equipment of the various contractors.

C. Drawings and specifications are intended to be complimentary. Any work shown in either of

them, whether in the other or not, shall be executed according to the true intent and meaning thereof, the same as if set forth in all. Conflicts between the drawings and the specifications, or between the requirements set forth for the various contractors, shall be called to the attention of the Design Professional. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, it will be assumed that none is required and that Contractor is in agreement with the drawings and specifications as issued. If clarification is required after the contract is awarded, such clarification will be made by Design Professional and his/her decision will be final.

D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and material shall be completely protected from weather elements, painting, plaster, etc., until the project is substantially completed. Damage from rust, paint, scratches, etc., shall be repaired as required to restore equipment to original condition.

E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibility of the

Painting Contractor, but this shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for checking to assure that adequate protection is being provided.

F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires Contractor to work

in areas previously finished by Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible that such areas are protected and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such work. Contractor shall be responsible for patching and refinishing of such areas which may be damaged in this respect.

G. Where two or more specified items/systems in the specifications and/or the drawings are in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship and the most financially expensive products shall take precedence. Such questions shall be referred to the Design Professional for final decision.

Page 196: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS

27 0010-4

1.09 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. All materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable manufacturer regularly

engaged in the manufacture of the specified item unless authorized in writing by Director of Learning Information Services of the Davenport CSD the Director of Learning Information Systems of the Davenport CSD or the Design Professional. Where more than one unit is required of the same items, they shall be furnished by the same manufacturer except where specified otherwise.

B. All materials and equipment shall be a product of the United States unless approved in writing by

the Director of Learning Information Services of the Davenport CSD the Director of Learning Information Systems of the Davenport CSD or his designee.

C. Anixter is the technology advisor of the Davenport Community School District and has arranged

special pricing from manufacturers.

D. The Davenport CSD expects fair, equitable and ethical bidding practices will be followed for technology projects.

E. The following guidelines are established to insure these practices are followed.

1. Contractors will provide Anixter 48 hours for the completion of quotes. 2. Anixter will insure pricing is set in 90 day increments to minimize price changes to

Davenport CSD projects. 3. The Davenport CSD will select the contractor who best meets project needs. The

selection may not be based on price alone. F. Contractors may contact the following Anixter representatives for pricing requests.

1. Mike Knickrehm [email protected] cell phone 563-320-3039 2. Ron Fulton [email protected] phone 515-334-8703 3. Mike Birmingham [email protected] phone 515-278-1722 4. Mike Albert [email protected] phone 515-334-8725

G. All material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

H. The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as parts,

controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and function as specified, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items when required shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for.

1.10 SUBMITTALS

A. Contractor shall furnish, to the Design Professional, complete sets of submittals. Contractor shall

review and sign submittals before submitting. Contractor shall provide submittals via electronic process (.PDF format) unless otherwise instructed. Refer to Division 01 specifications for additional requirements.

B. Submittals shall be bound into sets per specification section (not division). The content of the submittal shall cover related items for a complete system as much as practical and items shall be identified with symbols or "plan marks" used on drawings whenever possible. Incomplete, piecemeal or unbound submittals will be rejected.

Page 197: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS

27 0010-5

C. Each submittal shall include a cover sheet providing the Approved Contractors company name,

address, phone number and contact person (person to contact if there are questions about the submittal). The cover sheet shall also have adequate white space for the design professional review stamp as well as up-stream contractor stamps. The company providing the submittal shall be the same as that which meets the APPROVED CONTRACTOR requirements paragraph found later in this specification section (submittals without this identifying contractor information on the cover page will be rejected to ensure the Approved Contractor process is being followed).

D. Design Professional will review submittals solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting the

plans and specifications. E. Contract requirements cannot be changed by submittals. Contract documents remain in force

even if equipment is submitted which differs from contract drawings and specifications and that submittal is stamped as reviewed (or any other stamp verbiage).

F. Under no circumstances will material be substituted without the prior written consent of the Director of Learning Information Services of the Davenport CSD the Director of Learning Information Systems of the Davenport CSD or Design Professional.

G. Where substitutions are approved, contractor assumes all responsibility for physical dimensions and all resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work required as a result of these changes, even those required by other trades.

H. Submittals required by the various sections of the Project Manual include, but are not necessarily

limited to those identified in the submittal schedule below. I. After award of contract, the contractor shall provide a completed submittal schedule including

dates that the submittals will be to the Design Professional for review.

Page 198: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS

27 0010-6

J. Submit required information on all items in the project for the following systems (see table).

Submittals shall be sorted and separately identified per specification section listed below.

SPEC SECTION

EQUIPMENT DETAIL DWGS

PROD DATA

SAMPLES INSTALL METHODS

O & M MANUAL

CERTIFICATE OF SYSTEM

DEMON-STRATION

OTHER (SEE

NOTES)

27 0010 Contractor Certifications X Note 1

27 0010 Manufacturer Certification X Note 2

27 0010 UTP No-Paint Notification X Note 7

27 1000 Grounding Equipment X X

27 1000 Grounding Cabling X X

27 1000 Grounding Hardware X X

27 1100 UTP Cabling/Equipment X X X Note 6

27 1100 Fiber Cabling/Equipment X X X Note 6

27 1100 IDC/Lightning Blocks X X X Note 6

27 1100 Data Racks/Cabinets X X X Note 6

27 1100 Cable Management X X X Note 6

27 1100 UPS/Power Equipment X X X Note 6

27 1000 Environmental Equipment X X X Note 6

27 1100 As-Builts at Closeout X Note 3

27 1200 Tester, UTP/Fiber X X Note 4

27 1200 Test Report at Closeout X Note 5

27 5000 Paging System X X X X

Notes:

1. Division 27 Contractor shall submit copies of the Contractor Certifications under section 27 0010 (BICSI or IBEW/NECA Certifications) showing compliance with the specification. See Approved Contractors paragraph for details.

2. Division 27 Contractor shall submit Manufacturer Certification under section 27 0010. See Approved Contractors paragraph in this section for details, and further requirements listed in Cabling and Equipment specification section.

3. Division 27 Contractor shall submit As-Builts as specified in Cabling and Equipment section.

4. Division 27 Contractor shall submit product information on UTP Tester and Fiber Tester. See testers specified in Testing and Documentation section.

5. Division 27 Contractor shall submit Test Report as specified in Testing and Documentation section.

6. Grounding and Bonding or Cabling and Equipment section submittals will not be opened or reviewed by the Design Professional until the Division 27 0010 Contractor Certifications (see Note 1) and Division 27 Manufacturer Certifications (see Note 2) have been received and found to be acceptable by the Design Professional.

7. Division 27 Contractor shall submit the "Do Not Paint The UTP" written notification (addressed to the General Contractor) for review by the Design Professional. This written notification is specified in the Telecommunications Cabling and Equipment section. The submittal process may be used as the vehicle to inform the General Contractor of the "Do Not Paint The UTP" requirement (and the mandatory corrections required if this were to happen, outlined in the Telecommunications Cabling and Equipment section) if the General Contractor acknowledges receipt of the written notification.

Page 199: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS

27 0010-7

1.11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to the Design Professional in duplicate

upon completion of the job. Refer to Division 01 specifications for additional information.

B. Submit manuals shall be bound in a three ring hard-backed binder. Front cover and spine of each binder shall have the following lettering done:

OPERATION

AND MAINTENANCE

MANUAL FOR

TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS

(PROJECT NAME) (LOCATION)

(DATE)

SUBMITTED BY (NAME, ADDRESS AND PHONE NUMBER OF CONTRACTOR)

C. Provide a master index at the beginning of manual showing items included. Each section shall

contain the following information for equipment furnished under this contract:

1. Equipment and system warranties and guarantees. 2. Installation instructions. 3. Operating instructions. 4. Maintenance instructions. 5. Spare parts identification and ordering list. 6. Local service organization, address, contact and phone number. 7. Submittals with reviewed stamp of Design Professional and Contractor shall be included,

if applicable, along with the items listed above. 1.12 TESTS AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. All systems shall be tested by Contractor and placed in proper working order prior to

demonstrating systems to Owner. 1.13 TRAINING AND DEMONSTRATIONS

A. Prior to acceptance of the telecommunications installation, the Contractor shall provide to Owner,

or his designated representatives, all comprehensive training on essential features and functions of all systems installed and shall instruct Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of such systems.

1. Provide adequate notice to Owner as to when instruction will be conducted so

appropriate personnel can be present. 2. Prepare the instruction format for a minimum of four Owner Representatives.

B. Equipment training:

1. Manufacturer's representatives shall provide instruction on each major piece of equipment. Contractor shall provide instruction on all other equipment.

Page 200: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS

27 0010-8

2. Training sessions shall use the printed installation, operation and maintenance instruction materials included in the O&M manuals and emphasize preventative maintenance and safe operating procedures.

3. Training shall be performed by qualified factory trained technicians. 4. Contractor shall attend all sessions performed by the manufacturer's representative and

shall add to each session any special information relating to the details of installation of the equipment as it might impact the operation and maintenance.

5. Equipment training shall occur as soon as possible after start up of the equipment and shall include hands-on operation. Training shall be provided for equipment listed in the table below.

C. System training:

1. Training sessions shall include hands-on demonstrations of system wide start-up, operation in all possible modes, shut-down and emergency procedures.

D. The following are minimum requirements for Owner instruction:

Section Description Hrs. on Site

Presented By Others Present

Remarks

27 1000 Grounding and Bonding 0.5 Contractor

27 1100 Cabling and Equipment 2 Contractor

27 5000 Paging System 4 Contractor

E. Each Contractor shall submit a certificate (in the project closeout submittals), signed by Owner

stating the date, time and persons instructed and that the instruction has been completed to Owner's satisfaction. An example of a certificate form is as follows:

Page 201: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS

27 0010-9

CERTIFICATE OF SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION

This document is to certify that the contractor has demonstrated the hereafter listed systems to Owner's representatives in accordance with the Contract documents and that the instruction has been completed to the Owner's satisfaction.

A. Project:

B. System(s):

C. Contractor's representatives giving instruction and demonstration:

Contractor: _____________________________

NAMES DATE HOURS

D. Owner's representatives receiving instruction:

Owner:

NAMES DATE HOURS

Acknowledgement of demonstration:

E. Contractor's Representative:

signature date

Owner's Representative: signature date

Page 202: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS

27 0010-10

1.14 PERMITS, FEES, ETC. A. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections required in connection with the

telecommunication systems work. Contractor shall post all bonds and obtain all licenses required by the State, City, County, and Federal Agencies.

1.15 SUBSTITUTIONS A. To obtain approval to use unspecified equipment, Bidding Contractors (not equipment supplier,

manufacturers, etc.) shall submit written requests to Design Professional at least 10 days prior to bid due date. Requests shall clearly describe the equipment for which approval is being requested. Include all data necessary to demonstrate that equipment's capacities, features and performance are equivalent to include a cost comparison between specified equipment and equipment for which approval is being requested. If the equipment is acceptable, Design Professional will approve it in an addendum. The Design Professional will, under no circumstances, be required to prove that an item proposed for substitution is or is not of equal quality to the specified item.

B. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical dimensions

and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of the substitution.

1.16 APPROVED CONTRACTORS A. MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATION: Contractor shall be a manufacturer certified installer for the

structured cabling plant. A copy of the current annual manufacturer certification shall be provided with 27 0010 submittals. Contractor is responsible for workmanship and installation practices in accordance with the manufacturer requirements and shall be authorized to provide an extended Manufacturer's Product Warranty with his installation. The specific warranty program that is acceptable for each solution is listed with the connectivity solution in specification section 27 1100 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT. Contractors shall provide proof upon request that they have maintained the Manufacturers Certification in good standing for at least six months prior to the overall project bid. Temporary or short term certifications (less than the standard 12 month annual certification described above) or case-by-case certifications are not acceptable.

B. CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION: Contractor shall meet one of the following two paragraphs

and provide appropriate documentation in the 27 0010 submittals:

1. Contractor shall have BICSI Registered Installers and Technicians on staff and assign them to this project. The project shall be staffed at all times by Installers and Technicians who, in the role of lead craft-persons, will be able to provide leadership and technical resources for the remaining craft-persons on the project. A minimum of 30 percent of personnel shall be BICSI registered telecommunications installers. Of that number 15 percent shall be registered at the Technician Level, at least 40 percent shall be registered at the Installer Level 2, and the balance shall be registered at the Installer Level 1. Contractor shall provide BICSI certifications showing employee name, level, and expiration date. BICSI certificate for the highest level attained shall be submitted.

2. Contractor shall have employees on staff and assigned to the project that are currently

indentured in or have successfully completed the IBEW/NECA three-year Telecommunications Installer/Technician registered apprenticeship program. Contractor shall maintain a ratio of 1 Technician to 1 indentured Apprentice. Contractor shall provide documentation verifying the indentured status of Apprentices, and the Department of Labor Certificates of Completion for the Installer/Technicians.

Page 203: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS

27 0010-11

C. Contractor pulling the telecommunications cabling (if different from the prime Telecommunications Contractor) shall meet all the same BICSI or IBEW/NECA requirements, and requirements of this specification, as the prime Telecommunications Contractor.

D. Contractor shall be located within 125 miles of the construction site to establish a potential two

hour response time for ongoing customer needs after construction completion.

1.17 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

A. In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a specific manufacturer's type, style, dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or on the drawing schedules, are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal quality. These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to Design Professional at least 8 days prior to the bid due date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals.

B. Manufacturers, who do not submit prior to bidding, run the risk of having the product rejected at

time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall be the responsibility of Contractor and/or the manufacturer.

C. If Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be his responsibility to

assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in 'A' above. Contractor shall assume all responsibility for physical dimensions, operating characteristics, and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of using the alternate manufacturer.

D. Where a model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all product requirements.

Refer to additional requirements provided on the plans or in the specifications as required.

Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog number that are

not specifically stated. These requirements shall also be met.

1.18 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor shall be a company specializing in telecommunication cable and/or accessories with a

minimum of five years documented experience in installation of cable and/or accessories similar to those specified below.

1.19 WARRANTY AND SERVICES

A. The entire telecommunications system including all sub-systems shall be guaranteed against defect in materials and installation for a minimum of one year. Any malfunctions which occur within the guarantee period shall be promptly corrected without cost to Owner. This guarantee shall not limit or void any manufacturer's express or implied warranties.

B. A Manufacturer Product Warranty shall be provided which warrants functionality of all

components used in the system for 20 years from the date of registration. The Manufacturers Product Warranty shall warrant the installed horizontal and/or backbone copper, and both the horizontal and the backbone optical fiber portions of the cabling system.

C. Continuing Maintenance: The contractor shall furnish an hourly rate with the proposal submittal,

which shall be valid for a period of one year from the date of acceptance. This rate will be used when cabling support is required to affect moves, adds, and changes to the system (MACs). MACs performed by an approved Contractor shall be added to the warranty.

Page 204: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS

27 0010-12

D. Final Acceptance & System Certification: Completion of the installation, in-progress and final

inspections, receipt of the test and as-built documentation, and successful performance of the cabling system for a two week period will constitute acceptance of the system. Upon successful completion of the installation and subsequent inspection, the end user shall be provided with a numbered certificate registering the installation.

1.20 CHANGES IN THE WORK A. A Contract Change Order is a written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor, issued

after the execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. The Contract Sum and the Contract Time may be changed only by Contract Change Order.

B. Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes in the Work within the general scope

of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, with the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. All such changes in the Work shall be authorized by Contract Change Order and shall be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents.

C. The cost or credit to Owner resulting from a change in the Work shall be determined by mutual

acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantial data to permit evaluation. Change Orders shall be submitted with each item listed individually with a material cost and labor unit extension. Overhead and profit, as mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor shall be added to material and labor cost figures.

D. It shall be the responsibility of Contractor before proceeding with any change to satisfy himself

that the change has been properly authorized on behalf of Owner.

1.21 GROUNDING AND BONDING OF SYSTEMS

A. All low voltage systems shall be subject to the Telecommunications Grounding and Bonding specification section 27 1000. For those systems which may require a specialized sub-contractor, the sub-contractor providing and installing systems shall also be responsible for grounding and bonding per this specification.

1.22 COMPLETION A. Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non-hazardous and ready

for normal use by Owner. B. When all the work is complete Contractor shall thoroughly clean all material and equipment

installed as a part of this contract and leave all equipment and material in new condition. C. Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and equipment left

during the progress of this contract at job completion. END OF SECTION 27 0010

Page 205: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING AND BONDING 27 1000-1

SECTION 27 1000 - TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING AND BONDING

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -

General Requirements and Section 27 0010 – Telecommunications General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work included under this specification consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, materials,

and supplies and performing all operations necessary to complete the installation of this grounding and bonding system in compliance with the applicable standards, specifications and drawings. Contractor will provide and install all of the required material to form a complete and operational system whether specifically addressed in the technical specifications or not.

B. All division 27 low voltage systems shall adhere to these grounding and bonding requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal data for equipment, cabling, and hardware shall consist of catalog cuts showing

technical data necessary to evaluate the materials with specific item designated by arrow or by being highlighted.

1.04 WORK BY OTHERS A. The Intersystem Grounding Busbar located outside the main electrical service equipment will be

installed as part of the main electrical gear and connected back to the various building grounding sources (ground rods, water pipe, building steel, etc.).

1.05 FIRESTOPPING A. Contractor shall be responsible for fire stopping all conduit sleeves (internally only) and cable tray

where required to maintain integrity of fire and/or smoke walls. The Contractor shall review architectural drawings to determine which walls have a fire and/or smoke rating. Any rating other than “non-rated” shall constitute a wall that requires fire stopping in all penetrations/openings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 GROUNDING EQUIPMENT A. Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar (TMGB).

B. Telecommunications Grounding Busbar (TGB).

C. Telecommunications Grounding and Bonding Conductor Label Kit.

D. Data Rack Grounding Busbar, 19”.

E. Server Cabinet Grounding Busbar, Cagenut Mounting, 19”.

F. Electrostatic Discharge Port Kit.

Page 206: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING AND BONDING 27 1000-2

2.02 GROUNDING CABLING A. Cable used for Intersystem Grounding Busbar to Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar

(TMGB) shall be non-jacketed AWG #3/0 bare copper stranded grounding cable. B. Cable used for Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar (TMGB) to Telecommunications

Grounding Busbar (TGB) shall be non-jacketed AWG #3/0 bare copper stranded grounding cable. C. Cable used for Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar (TMGB) or Telecommunications

Grounding Busbar (TGB) to data racks/server cabinets inside the telecom room shall be AWG #6 copper stranded cable, green jacketed or bare copper.

D. Cable used for Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar (TMGB) or Telecommunications Grounding Busbar (TGB) to any wall mounted low voltage system in the telecom room that requires grounding shall be AWG #6 copper stranded cable, green or bare copper.

E. Cable used for Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar (TMGB) or Telecommunications Grounding Busbar (TGB) to the telecom room ladder rack system shall be AWG #6 copper stranded cable, green or bare copper.

F. Cable used for Cable Tray and/or Wire Basket grounding outside the telecom room shall be #6 AWG stranded bare copper cable.

2.03 GROUNDING HARDWARE

A. Two Hole Lug, Code Conductor, Long Barrel with Window, AWG #3/0 3/8” with 1” spacing. B. Two Hole Lug, Code Conductor, Long Barrel with Window, AWG #6 with 5/8” spacing. C. Paint Piercing Grounding Washer Kit with Antioxidant: D. Bonding Screws, #12-24. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 STAR TOPOLOGY A. The telecom grounding and bonding system shall be provided and installed in a star topology.

Each building shall receive one Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar (TMGB) in the designated telecom room or utility demarcation area (see below for location), and one Telecommunications Grounding Busbar (TGB) in each additional telecom room or identified specialty location (see below for locations). All TGB’s shall receive a dedicated grounding connection back to the TMGB. The TMGB shall receive a dedicated grounding connection back to the building Intersystem Grounding Busbar (see Work By Others). The building Intersystem Grounding Busbar is usually just outside the main electrical service gear (interior to the building, visible on the wall.

3.02 INTERSYSTEM GROUNDING BUSBAR LOCATION: A. As shown or noted on project sheets and diagrams. 3.03 TELECOMMUNICATIONS MAIN GROUNDING BUSBAR (TMGB) LOCATION: A. As shown on project plans and diagrams.

Page 207: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING AND BONDING 27 1000-3

B. If in a telecom room, the TMGB shall be mounted on a wall toward the rear of the room, preferably out of the way of other equipment and walk ways.

C. If in a telecom room, the TMGB shall be mounted at an elevation approximately 6”-12” below the ladder rack in the room to allow easy access for grounding cables from the ladder rack, and to keep it up and out of the way for better technician safety.

3.04 TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING BUSBAR (TGB) LOCATION: A. As shown on project plans and diagrams.

B. If in a telecom room, the TGB shall be mounted on a wall toward the rear of the room, preferably

out of the way of other equipment and walkways.

C. If in a telecom room, the TGB shall be mounted at an elevation approximately 6”-12” below the ladder rack in the room to allow easy access for grounding cables from the ladder rack, and to keep it up and out of the way for better technician safety.

3.05 TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM LADDER RACK A. All telecom room ladder rack shall be bonded together and to the telecommunications grounding

busbar in that room. B. Bonding shall be accomplished per the following:

1. Use the #6 AWG green cable listed in the cable paragraph. 2. Use the #6 AWG two-hole lugs listed in the hardware paragraph. 3. Use the bonding stud and bonding nuts listed in the hardware paragraph to secure the

lug to the ladder rack. 4. Drill holes in ladder rack to accommodate the two-hole lugs and bonding studs with

bonding nuts. 5. Install bonding conductors in a neat and orderly fashion so as not to droop or hang away

from the material it is bonding. 6. Use the #6 AWG two-hole lugs to bond to the busbar.

3.06 TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM RACKS AND CABINETS A. All telecom room racks and cabinets shall be individually bonded to the copper busbar in that

room (the TMGB or TGB) using a dedicated cable installation. B. Grounding the rack or cabinet to the copper busbar shall be accomplished per the following:

1. Use the #6 AWG green cable listed in the cable paragraph. 2. Use the #6 AWG two-hole lugs listed in the hardware paragraph to connect to the

telecom room grounding busbar. 3. Use the #6 AWG two-hole lugs listed in the hardware paragraph to connect to the rack or

cabinet grounding busbar. 4. Use the paint piercing washers listed in the hardware paragraph. 5. Install bonding conductors in a neat and orderly fashion so as not to droop or hang away

from the material it is bonding. 6. Use the #6 AWG two-hole lugs to bond to the busbar.

Page 208: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING AND BONDING 27 1000-4

3.07 TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLE TRAY AND/OR WIRE BASKET A. All installations of cable tray and/or wire basket runs shall be bonded to the nearest copper

busbar in a telecom room (the TGB or TMGB) using a AWG #6 stranded bare copper grounding conductor. The break point shall be at the same boundary as the UTP boundary between telecom rooms. Do not bond the cable tray or wire basket together across these boundaries as this could cause a grounding loop.

B. Bonding cable tray and/or wire basket shall be accomplished per the following:

1. The bare copper bonding conductor shall be one continuous run from the telecom room grounding busbar to the end of the cable tray and/or wire basket longest run. Remember to not bond across the boundaries (see above).

2. Additional branches of cable tray and/or wire basket that branch off the initial “longest run” shall have their own installation of continuous bare copper bonding conductor from the main run to the end. This run shall be mechanically and permanently bonded to the “longest run” using permanent crimp-on lugs.

3. Each individual piece or stick of cable tray and/or wire basket shall be mechanically bonded to the bare copper grounding conductor. a. For cable tray, use a mechanical bonding lug with paint piercing washer and bolt

with nylock nut through body of cable tray. The bare copper bonding cable shall slide into the “C” opening of the lug and be tightened using the lug stud.

b. For wire basket, use a mechanical screw type compression lug. END OF SECTION 27 1000

Page 209: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT 27 1100-1

SECTION 27 11 00 - TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -

General Requirements and Section 27 0010 – Telecommunications General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work included under this specification consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, materials,

and supplies and performing all operations necessary to complete the installation of this structured cabling system in compliance with the specifications and drawings. Contractor shall provide and install all of the required material to form a complete system whether specifically addressed in the technical specifications or not.

1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer and Contractor Certifications are required submittals in the division 27 General

Provisions specifications section. The Manufacturer Certification is based on the material information listed below in the Acceptable Manufacturers paragraph.

B. Submittal data for cabling and components shall consist of catalog cuts showing technical data necessary to evaluate the materials.

1.04 WORK BY OTHERS A. In general, the following is provided or is of note:

1. Contractor shall be responsible for self-performing or an Electrical Contractor who shall furnish and install all field device back boxes, conduit paths, vertical or horizontal sleeves, for use by the Telecom or other division 27 Contractor.

1.05 FIRESTOPPING A. Contractor shall be responsible for fire stopping all conduit sleeves (internally only) and cable tray

where required to maintain integrity of fire and/or smoke walls. The Contractor shall determine which walls have a fire and/or smoke rating. Any rating other than “non-rated” shall constitute a wall that requires fire stopping in all penetrations/openings. Contractor shall fill all penetrations and voids caused by demoing of cable or equipment.

B. Firestopping Equipment below:

HARDWARE PART #

FIRESTOP DEVICE, FLOOR PENETRATION.

STI 3" EZ-PATH

STI 4" EZ-PATH

Anixter Part # 301389

Anixter Part # 441084

FIRESTOP DEVICE, WALL PENETRATION.

STI 2" EZ-PATH

STI 4" EZ-PATH

STI 1" SpecSeal Ready Sleeve

STI 2" SpecSeal Ready Sleeve

STI 4" SpecSeal Ready Sleeve

Anixter Part # 280114

Anixter Part # 441073

Anixter Part # 305968

Anixter Part # 305969

Anixter Part # 305970

Page 210: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT 27 1100-2

C. J-Hook Equipment below:

HARDWARE PART #

CADDY 1" Enhanced J-Hook.

Furnish for high performance cable, Qty. 50 per box.

Anixter Part # 370137

CADDY 2" Enhanced J-Hook.

Furnish for high performance cable, Qty. 50 per box.

Anixter Part # 370138

CADDY 3" Enhanced J-Hook.

Furnish for high performance cable, Qty. 25 per box.

Anixter Part # 370139

CADDY 4" Enhanced J-Hook.

Furnish for high performance cable, Qty. 25 per box.

Anixter Part # 370140

CADDY 4" J-HOOK TREE

Furnish for high performance cable, Qty. 1

Double Sided 2 tier

- Ceiling Mount

Single Sided 2 Tier

- Ceiling Mount

- Wall Mount

Anixter Part # 585436-EA

Anixter Part # 585382-EA

Anixter Part # 585387-EA

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 COPPER UTP CABLE AND CONNECTIVITY PRODUCTS A. Cabling and connectivity products (devices, cover plates, patch panels, insulation displacement

connectors, etc.) must be part of a matched solution, provided by manufacturers that have been tested together and provide a fully certified end to end system.

B. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1. Belden Cat6a UTP connectivity (flat, modular patch panels) w/ Belden 10GXS Series Small Diameter Cat6a cable with 25 year Belden IBDN Component Warranty and Application Assurance Program provided by a Belden Certified System Vendor (CSV).

C. Cable Jacket Rating:

1. Plenum

Note: The Contractor shall provide plenum rated cabling.

D. Additional Cabling and Connectivity Requirements:

1. Furnish and install cable between telecommunications room and field device locations as noted on the drawings.

2. UTP Cable and Connectivity: a. Yellow – plenum rated Category 6A cable shall be installed for DATA/VOIP

applications. (Anixter Part # CMP-OO423BNT-6A-05) b. Orange – plenum rated Category 6A cable shall be installed for video surveillance.

(Anixter Part # CMP-OO423BNT-6A-08) c. Black – plenum rated Category 6A cable shall be installed for wireless applications.

(Anixter Part # CMP-OO423BNT-6A-02) d. Belden Category 6A registered jacks shall match the color of the cable at both

ends.

Page 211: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT 27 1100-3

e. White – plenum rated Media 6 65s4+ Cat.6 F/UTP cable shall be installed for paging applications only. (Anixter Part # CMP-00423COM-C6-S-01).

f. Quiktron Category 6A small diameter patch cords shall be provided by contractor in the color & length specified by the Director of Learning Information Services of the Davenport CSD or Design Professional. Patch cord colors shall match the color of the cable. See below.

g. These cables types are limited stock items, plan accordingly. h. Only Belden UTP and connectivity products are authorized for installation in

Davenport CSD facilities. There shall be no substitutions (except as discussed in E above).

i. Only plenum rated cable shall be installed in Davenport CSD facilities. j. Patch Cord Definition:

PATCH CORD MATRIX

USAGE LOCATION DATA/VOIP

YELLOW

SURVEILLANCE /

ACCESS CONTROL

ORANGE

WIRELESS

BLACK

WORK AREA 7' LENGTH 10' LENGTH 10' LENGTH

TELECOM ROOM 3' LENGTH 3' LENGTH 3' LENGTH

3. Please see table below for copper connection hardware selection:

HARDWARE PART #

Belden Faceplate, Single Gang. Four port, almond,

with ID windows.

Anixter Part #

371955

Belden High Density Jack

Cat 6A, Yellow

Cat 6A, Orange

Cat 6A, Black

Anixter Part #

371871

371868

370239

Horizontal Patch Panel, 19" Rack Mounted.

24 Port Flat Unloaded Patch Panel

Anixter Part #

371725

4. Each field jack shall have a dedicated cable. 5. Contractor shall leave a pull string in each conduit after pulling a cable. The pull string

shall have a minimum rated tensile strength of 500 pounds. 6. Provide cable terminations at telecommunications room. 7. Provide terminations at all field locations with an 8 pin, 8 conductor (RJ45 type) modular

jack and flush wall plate per drawings. 8. Terminate using T568B wiring schematic unless noted otherwise. 9. Provide thermoplastic wall faceplates from the same connectivity manufacturer per

location requirements for all field devices. 10. Faceplates shall be single gang, four port, almond, with ID windows 11. Configure faceplates as required for individual field locations per drawings. 12. Blanks shall be installed in all empty jack locations. 13. All patch panels shall be 24 or 48 ports as called out in diagrams and details. 14. The following guidelines shall apply if cabling for this technology refresh project.

a. Each office shall be provisioned with a minimum one (1) Category 6A cable. See construction plans for locations and possible exceptions to the quantities.

b. Each elementary school classroom shall be provisioned with one (1) Category 6A cable at two (2) locations at opposing sides of the room.

c. Each intermediate & high school classroom shall be provisioned with one (1) Category 6A cable located per the construction plans.

d. Wireless Access Point cables shall be located per the construction plans. e. All VoIP phones shall be connected to the data jack closest to the desk.

Page 212: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT 27 1100-4

15. If multiple floors are being fed from one telecom room, the Contractor shall provide patch panels for each floor (do not continue from one floor to another on the same patch panel). Each floor's patch panels shall be separated in the rack such that each floor may be expanded by 20% by putting the new patch panels in the original line up).

2.02 TELECOM ROOM EQUIPMENT

A. Please see table below for hardware selection:

HARDWARE PART #

Data Rack, Two Post. Mount to floor using

minimum 3/8” bolt/lag/hardware.

Anixter Part # 167074

Data Cabinet, Wall Mounted, 48" Height, CPI Anixter Part # 249594

Data Cabinet, Floor Mounted, CPI. Furnish with

perforated doors, front and back.

CPI Part # CP3170792

Vertical Cable Management

CPI, Single Sided, Black:

CPI, Double Sided, Black:

Anixter Part # 420003

Anixter Part # 415458

Horizontal Cable Management, 19" Rack

Mounted. CPI, black.

Provide "n+1" for patch panel, and also "n+1" for

project furnished data switches. If no project

furnished data switches, provide three (3) extra for

Owner use.

Anixter Part # 1RU, 420027

Anixter Part # 2RU, 415483

B. Please see the table below for power equipment selection:

POWER EQUIPMENT PART #

Uninterruptable Power Supplies (UPS) 120v single

phase online double conversion 1500va, With UPS

network management interface card (Anixter Part #

226560)

Anixter # 318098

Uninterruptable Power Supplies (UPS) 120v single

phase online double conversion 2200va, With UPS

network management interface card (Anixter Part #

226560)

Anixter # 318099

Uninterruptable Power Supplies (UPS) 120v single

phase online double conversion 3000va, With UPS

network management interface card (Anixter Part #

226560)

Anixter # 509527

Uninterruptable Power Supplies (UPS) 120v single

phase line interactive 1500va, With UPS network

management interface card (Anixter Part # 226560)

Note: Line interactive UPS's required for all wall

mount applications.

Anixter # 273253

Uninterruptable Power Supplies (UPS)

Rack Mount Kit, light duty, less than 75#

Rack Mount Kit, heavy duty, greater than 75#

Anixter # 273267

Anixter # 539593

Page 213: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT 27 1100-5

POWER EQUIPMENT PART #

Power Distribution Unit, Switched, vertical mounted.

Provides twenty-four NEMA 5-20R receptacles.

Network connection capable.

Anixter Part # 381563

Power Over Ethernet, Power/Video/Data Surge

Protection. Provides 1 (RJ-45) in/out port, Gigabit

Ethernet.

Anixter Part # 340745

C. Please see table below for Environmental Equipment:

Environmental Equipment PART #

Tripp-Lite Rack-Mounted Air Conditioning Unit (8RU) Anixter Part #

665042

Tripp-Lite Rack-Mounted Air Conditioning Unit

Network Management Card.

Anixter Part #

670916

Tripp-Lite Rack-Mounted Air Conditioning Unit Duct

System.

Anixter Part #

SRCOOL7KDUCT

2.03 WIRE BASKET HORIZONTAL CABLE MANAGEMENT

1. Wire basket shall be provided and installed (generally outside of telecom rooms only) as shown on the plans.

2. Acceptable Manufacturers are:

1. Legrand Cablofil, Wire Mesh Cable Tray 3. Please see table below for hardware selection:

WIRE MESH CABLE TRAY COMPONENTS PART #

Cablofil 12" X 2" Basket Tray Anixter # 301389

Cablofil Basket Tray 90 Degree Turn Kit Anixter # 220708

Cablofil Basket Tray Center Hanger Kit Anixter # 213732

Cablofil Basket Tray Drop Out Kit Anixter # 419648

Cablofil Basket Tray Wall Hanger Anixter # 220342

4. Additional Wire Basket Requirements:

1. All wire basket and hardware shall be galvanized (no other coatings) applied after product fabrication. This is to ensure a product that is made of an electrically conductive material for grounding purposes.

2. Whenever possible the Contractor shall continue the basket around corners and changes in elevation by applying the factory instructions for cutting and bending the material rather than stopping the material, forcing the cable to jump from one installation to the other.

3. The Contractor shall only cut the material with manufacturer approved cutters which leave a square edge, rather than bolt cutters which leave a sharp edge that can damage cables and severely injure installers or the Owner in the future.

Page 214: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT 27 1100-6

4. Wire basket is shown in part diagrammatically on the plans. Conduit sleeves are shown passing through walls often with a stub symbol on each end (so the Electrical Contractor knows what to install) looking like they are 3’ or 4’ long, but in the field that sleeve shall often not be any longer than the wall is thick (which is acceptable as long as it has bushings). The Contractor shall install the wire basket to the intended target shown on the plans (the destination of the cable that is, possibly the area below a floor box, wall sleeves, or other longer conduit pathway, etc.). The maximum air gap between wire basket and the cable destination horizontally shall be one foot (12”). The maximum air gap between wire basket and the cable destination vertically shall be two feet (24”).

5. J-Hook Requirements:

1. When "J" hooks are used, avoid placing any pressure or creating stress points on the cable. Maximum spacing between "J" hooks shall not exceed four feet. Only metal, high performance, wide base, smooth & beveled J hooks shall be used for cabling applications. Suspended ceiling support wires shall not be used to support cables or cable support system(s). No pathway shall exceed a 40% fill ratio.

2. All "J" hook requirements from number 1 apply when "J" hooks are utilized for primary pathways. In addition, the "J" hook size shall be 4" in a two (2) tier tree system configuration.

3. At no time shall pulling tension exceed 25 lbs. on horizontal cables. Exceeding the maximum recommended pulling tension during installation of cables shall compromise wire integrity. If wire integrity is compromised, the wire may not pass testing and certification standards required for a 10G infrastructure. The installing contractor shall be responsible for replacement of any cable system that does not pass required certification standards. The Director of Learning Information Systems of the Davenport CSD or his designee may randomly test cable installations.

4. Extensions off basket tray shall use J-hooks. All pathways shall be planned with a 25% growth factor.

5. Only Erico (Caddy) J-hooks shall be used in Davenport CSD facilities. 6. There shall be no exceptions.

2.04 LIGHTNING PROTECTION

A. Lightning protection shall be provided for all cabling that does not remain fully inside the building envelope.

B. Acceptable Manufacturers are:

SYSTEMS FOR BONDING AND GROUNDING

IP Video Power and Data Surge Protection. Provides

1 (RJ-45) in/out port and 1 set screw power circuit.

Gigabit Ethernet.

Anixter Part # 416127

Gigabit Ethernet Surge Protection. Provides 1 (RJ-

45) in/out port.

Anixter Part # 306321

Gigabit Ethernet, 12 Channel Surge Protection, 19" 1

RU rack mounted. Provides 12 (RJ-45) in/out ports.

Anixter Part # 479129

Power Over Ethernet Surge Protection, 19" 1 RU

rack mounted. Provides 12 (RJ-45) in/out ports,

Gigabit Ethernet.

Anixter Part # 368633

C. Additional Lightning Protection Requirements:

1. For applications smaller than 25 pair, the proper manufacturer recommended solution is acceptable (enclosed or not).

Page 215: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT 27 1100-7

2.05 SINGLEMODE FIBER AND CONNECTIVITY PRODUCTS

A. Acceptable structured cabling products (See Appendix B, Approved Structured Cabling Product List)

B. Fiber optic cable and connectivity

1. Only single-mode fiber optic cable and connectivity shall be installed. 2. Contractor shall provide and/or install via fusion splice only Corning LC fiber optic pigtails. 3. Contractor provided fiber optic patch cords shall be manufactured by CompuLink. All

CompuLink fiber patch cords shall be manufactured with Corning components and shall match or exceed the grade of the installed single-mode fiber optic cable.

4. Corning fiber optic cable and connectivity are the only products authorized for installation in Davenport CSD facilities. There shall be no exceptions.

C. Additional Fiber and Connectivity Requirements:

1. The minimum grade of acceptable single mode fiber shall be OS2. 2. Furnish and install LC connectors for all singlemode fiber. 3. Fiber optic cables shall be spliced using a clad alignment fusion splicer. Under no

circumstances shall fiber optic cables with a 10 gigabit Ethernet rating be connectorized. 2.06 FIRE ALARM PANEL CONNECTIONS

A. Two fire alarm panel information drops shall be furnished and installed by Contractor for each fire alarm head end panel. These drops shall be provided when required, whether they are pictorially shown on the plans or not.

B. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1. UTP cabling shall be the same per paragraph 2.01.B of this specification. 2.07 ELEVATOR CONTROL PANEL CONNECTIONS

A. One elevator control panel information drops shall be furnished and installed by Contractor for

each elevator car control panel. These drops shall be provided when required, whether they are pictorially shown on the plans or not.

B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. UTP cabling shall be the same per paragraph 2.01.B of this specification.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION AND LABELING

A. Install telecommunication systems cables and auxiliary materials as indicated in accordance with

manufacturer's written instructions, and recognized industry practices.

1. In general, all interior cables are installed in wall spaces, conduit or wiremold. 2. D rings are allowed in telecommunications room as needed.

Page 216: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT 27 1100-8

3. Contractor shall use hook and loop type fasteners on all UTP telecommunications cable. Tie wraps may be temporarily used loosely for dressing UTP cables during installation if they are removed before final inspection. Any tie wrap found in place around UTP cable tight enough that a 0.5” wooden dowel cannot be inserted into the bundle at the tie wrap location shall therefore obligate the Contractor to replace those potentially damaged UTP cables at the Design Professionals discretion, whether they pass electronic testing or not.

4. Tie wraps may be used carefully on OSP and armored cabling at light tension levels which do not result in any visible cable jacket deformation.

5. If unarmored fiber is specified without innerduct for any reason, tie wraps are forbidden on that cabling.

6. Any and all tie wraps used in the project shall be trimmed flush at the locking device using a fully flush cutter tool for safety. Any tie wrap found with a sharp point shall be removed by the Contractor and replaced without additional compensation.

B. Identify all fiber, copper, and coaxial cables that terminate in the telecommunication room as to

field location.

1. Each information outlet shall be identified using the standard Labeling Scheme for Davenport Community School District as described below.

2. Each port shall have a three-segment code organized in three fields separated by hyphens. (see below)

3. The first three numeric characters refer to the room number of the telecom closet in which the cable terminates.

4. The fourth alpha character indicates the patch panel on which the cable terminates. 5. The fifth and sixth numeric characters indicate the port number on the patch panel where

the cable terminates. 6. The jack colors shall match the specified cable colors as follows:

a. Yellow = Data/VOIP b. Orange = Security c. Black = Wireless

7. The sequence of numbering the jacks on multiple faceplates in the same room shall start with the location immediately to the left of the primary entrance to that room and increase in number in a clockwise manner around the room

8. The lowest number designator of the jack in each faceplate shall be in the upper left position on the faceplate and the numbers shall increase in a left to right and sequential row pattern from top to bottom on each faceplate, as indicated in the illustration below.

9. In each Telecom Closet the patch panels shall be labeled sequentially with a single alpha character beginning with “A” for the patch panel located at the top of the rack, progressing alphabetically to the bottom of the rack. If a Telecom Room or MDF room has more than 26 patch panels, the labeling of the 26th and greater patch panels shall have two alpha characters. The sequence of these characters shall be: AA, AB, AC, etc. If the Telecom Closet has multiple racks mounted with patch panels, the patch panel mounted in the top of the left rack shall begin with “A” progressing to the bottom of the rack and then to the rack mounted to the right.

10. The jack colors in the patch panels shall conform to the same color code scheme listed above for the faceplates.

11. The contractor shall label each cable within 6” of the end of the cable, at both ends using a self adhesive cable marker. The label shall conform to the Labeling Specification above and shall have the same content as the label on the faceplate.

12. In each Telecom Closet there shall be a floor plan of that floor laminated and mounted on the wall. That floor plan diagram shall show all of the room numbers served by that Telecom Closet and the locations of each faceplate in each room served by that Telecom Closet. The jack numbers of each faceplate location shall be indicated on the floor plan.

13. Contractor shall comply with the labeling scheme of the facility, unless directed otherwise by the Director of Learning Information Services of the Davenport CSD or Design Professional.

Page 217: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT 27 1100-9

14. Each horizontal cable run shall have a 10’ service loop coiled at each end. The service loop shall be secured to a J-hook with Velcro at the outlet end of the cable and shall not rest on the ceiling tiles or ceiling tile support system. The service loop shall be neatly coiled in basket tray or ladder rack in the Telecom Room.

15. All field device labeling shall match the telecom room labeling for the corresponding cable.

16. Jacks shall be numbered sequentially on the patch panel field, beginning at the top left, working across the row to the right, then down to the next row, etc. This shall require Contractor to plan the installation and terminate sequentially on both ends through the building rather than terminate randomly which results in confusion for Owner.

17. When transitioning from one floor to another on a multi-floor installation served out of one telecom room (or a multi-floor section of a larger building), the patch panel at the end of the installation for a particular floor shall have at least 12 open jacks/slots for future growth on that floor. Also, a new patch panel shall always be started for each new floor. This means if a particular floor has 25 jacks (using 24 port patch panels), the Contractor shall leave the second patch panel with 23 openings and start a fresh patch panel for the next floor.

18. The jack colors in the patch panels shall conform to the same color code scheme listed above for the faceplates.

19. In each Telecom Closet there shall be a floor plan of that floor laminated and mounted on the wall. That floor plan diagram shall show all of the room numbers served by that Telecom Closet and the locations of each faceplate in each room served by that Telecom Closet. The jack numbers of each faceplate location shall be indicated on the floor plan.

C. After completion, all cables shall be thoroughly tested in accordance with the division 27 Testing

and Documentation section.

1. Contractor shall provide all instruments for testing the cables. 2. Contractor shall demonstrate in the presence of Owner's representative that the

telecommunications system is complete and operational. 3. Contractor shall complete and submit the Certificate of System Demonstration.

D. After completion, comprehensive As-Builts shall be created and posted in each Telecom Room

within 3 days.

1. Two hard copies shall be created for each Telecom Room detailing the entire structured cabling plant and labeling scheme after installation. One hard copy shall consist of (at a minimum) the Telecom plans marked with permanent ink to show the labeling used at each field location, and a table or spreadsheet (for example, an 8 ½” x 11” printed Excel file) that lists all the patch panel jacks in a column sequentially, followed by a cross reference column identifying the room name/number that the corresponding jack is in. This is the only part of the labeling process in which room name/numbers are acceptable. The second hard copy shall be identical to the first one. One copy shall be posted in each corresponding Telecom Room, and the other copy shall be submitted to the Design Professional for review according to the submittal process identified in the shop drawing paragraph of Specification Section 27 0010. This second copy shall then be forwarded to Owner.

2. An electronic copy of the As-Builts shall be created and submitted to the Design Professional who will then provide to the owner. Acceptable format is PDF.

END OF SECTION 27 1100

Page 218: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the
Page 219: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS TESTING AND DOCUMENTATION

27 1200-1

SECTION 27 1200 - TELECOMMUNICATIONS TESTING AND DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 PURPOSE A. The purpose of the testing is to ensure proper installation of the telecommunications cabling

system. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Division 1. B. Submit product data for the following:

1. Hand-held testing equipment manufacturer, model, last calibration date/calibration due date and software version.

2. Injector equipment manufacturer, model, and software version. 1.03 REFERENCES A. The following Performance Standards shall be followed. Unless otherwise stated, where

Performance Standards conflict with manufacturer's recommendations, the more restrictive shall be applied:

1. TIA-526-7 Measurement of Optical Power Loss of Installed Single-Mode Fiber Cable

Plant 2. TIA-526-14 Optical Power Loss Measurements of Installed Multimode Fiber Cable Plant 3. TIA-568-C.0 Generic Telecommunications Cabling For Customer Premises 4. TIA-568-C.1 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard 5. TIA-568-C.2 Balanced Twisted-Pair Telecommunications Cabling and Components

Standards 6. TIA-568-C.3 Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard 7. TIA-568-C.4 Broadband Coaxial Cabling and Components Standard

1.04 TEST EQUIPMENT A. Test Equipment: JDSU Certififer40G, Fluke DSX-5000, Fluke DTX-1800 or TIA & Connectivity

Manufacturer approved Level IV (or better) Certifier. B. The software version for the testers shall be the latest version available.

C. The tester must have been calibrated within the last 12 months with calibration date noted on all

test results.

1.05 LINK DEFINITION FOR THE PROJECT A. A link consists of up to 90 meters (295 feet) of horizontal cabling, a connection at each end, up to

2 meters of test equipment lead from the main unit of the hand-held tester to the local connection, and up to 2 meters of test equipment lead from the remote unit to the remote connection. A total length of up to 94 meters (308 feet).

B. The connection to the equipment at each end of the link is not included in the link definition.

Page 220: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS TESTING AND DOCUMENTATION

27 1200-2

1.06 CHANNEL DEFINITION FOR THE PROJECT A. A channel consists of up to 90 meters (295 feet) of horizontal cabling, a connection at each end,

up to 7 meters for the cross-connect and equipment cable, and up to 3 meters for the work area equipment cable. A total length of up to 100 meters (328 feet).

B. The connection to equipment at each end of the channel is not included in the channel definition. PART 2 - COPPER CABLING ACCEPTANCE TESTING 2.01 ACCEPTANCE TESTS

A. The following field acceptance tests shall be performed for twisted - pair cabling:

1. Wire Map (continuity). 2. Length. 3. Attenuation. 4. NEXT. 5. ACR-F 6. Delay and delay skew. 7. Return loss. 8. Power sum crosstalk (PSNEXT and PSACR-F).

2.02 TEST EQUIPMENT SET-UP AND TEST PARAMETERS A. Autotest: Use the Autotests to perform the required tests. Customize the Autotest as necessary

to satisfy testing requirements and parameters. B. Cable Type: Select the cable type being tested. Cable Type may vary. Always change the NVP

for the type of cable being tested. C. Frequency Range: The frequency range for category 6A tests shall be 1 MHz to 500 MHz. D. Cable Pairs: Test all cable pairs. Select all pairs for TEST and all pairs for Pass/Fail criteria for

Autotest. E. Length Units: Cable length test results shall be in feet. F. Date Style. The date style shall show month, day, and year. Date shall be the date the test is

conducted. G. Language: The language shall be English. 2.03 TEST PROCEDURE A. Testing shall be performed with the tester at the distribution frame and the remote unit at the

Work Area Outlet. B. A Channel OR Permanent Link certification test will be performed as outlined in the specific job

description. C. Test leads and test hardware have limited life-cycles. Inspect and replace the test leads as

necessary. D. Use only test leads specified by the test equipment manufacturer.

Page 221: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS TESTING AND DOCUMENTATION

27 1200-3

E. Strictly follow the test equipment manufacturer's instructions for equipment setup, initialization, and calibration.

PART 3 - SINGLEMODE FIBER TESTING

3.01 ACCEPTANCE TESTS

A. The following field acceptance tests shall be performed for single mode fiber:

1. Fiber optic cable will be tested to Tier 1, method B (passive optical loss test) and TSB-

140 Tier 2 OTDR loss/trace test with a mated connector pair return loss less than .3dB. 3.02 TEST PARAMETERS

A. The following tests parameters shall be adhered to:

1. The transmit test port & test jumpers must be inspected and (if required) cleaned prior to testing. An image of the endfaces with endface condition pass/fail result must be included with the test report. Endface pass/fail conditions are outlined in TIA-568-C Annex E.

2. Fiber under test endfaces must be inspected and cleaned. An image with pass/fail criteria for endface condition must be included in the test results per TIA-568-C Annex E.

3. Test jumpers must be of the same fiber core size and connector type as the cable system (e.g., singlemode jumpers for a singlemode system).

4. As required in TIA-526-7, The testers must be referenced prior to testing by the one jumper method. The reference method preferred must be noted in the job specifications prior to testing.

5. The power meter and the light source must be set to the same wavelength. 6. The power meter must be calibrated and traceable to the National Institute for Standards

and Technologies (NIST). 7. The light source or OTDR must operate within the range of 1310+10 nm or 1550+20nm

for singlemode testing in accordance with ANSI/TIA/EIA-526-7. 8. All system connectors, adapters, and jumpers must be properly cleaned before

measurements are taken. PART 4 - TESTING DOCUMENTATION

4.01 DOCUMENTATION

A. The Test Documentation requirements are the minimum requirements. Other details of presentation and recording methods will be discussed with Owner and Design Professional. Gain approval from Owner and Design Professional of the test documentation format and content prior to full-scale testing. Coordinate with Owner and Design Professional to get representative sample of the documentation format and content for review.

B. Provide Owner with a printed copy of ONLY the summary report of all tests, the electronic file of

the test results for each test on CD or USB, and the electronic copy of the summary report on CD or USB. Do not print out each report.

4.02 TEST REPORT

A. The following header fields on each test report shall contain the appropriate information. These are minimum requirements.

1. Circuit ID 2. Test Result

Page 222: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

TELECOMMUNICATIONS TESTING AND DOCUMENTATION

27 1200-4

3. Owner 4. Test Equipment Serial Number 5. Software Version 6. Calibration Date 7. Date 8. Cable Type 9. NVP 10. Building 11. Closet

B. The information in each user definable header field on each test report shall contain the information as follows.

1. Circuit ID: Indicate the outlet location number and jack number under test 2. Owner: Indicate the owner of the test equipment 3. Date: Indicate the date of the test 4. Cable Type: Indicate the cable type being tested 5. NVP: Indicate the field measured NVP 6. Building: Indicate the building where the cable is being tested 7. Closet: Indicate the closet identifier where the cable is terminated

C. The minimum test result information on each report shall include the data for the tests identified in

the Acceptance Tests paragraph of each applicable testing part. D. Contractor shall provide the test data in a complete and consistent format. Printed test results

shall be printed from a laser printer. E. The contractor shall verify that a report for each jack in the Project is contained in the file list. F. Two weeks (14 days) prior to scheduled telecommunications systems start-up date Design

Professional shall receive from Contractor complete printed cable performance test results via the submittal process (see 27 0010). Start-up shall not commence unless test results are submitted.

4.03 ELECTRONIC COPY A. The electronic copy of the test results shall be on CD or USB. B. The electronic copy shall be labeled. The label shall read:

Project Name building name (BLDG. No. x) "Copper/Fiber Test Results" “CD No." X of X date (month and year)

C. The files shall not be altered from the original test equipment output. END OF SECTION 27 1200

Page 223: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

PAGING SYSTEM

27 5000-1

SECTION 27 5000 - PAGING SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -

General Requirements and Section 27 0010 – Telecommunications General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. The work included under this specification consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, materials, and supplies and performing all operations necessary to complete the installation of this paging system in compliance with the specifications and drawings. Contractor will provide and install all of the required material to form a complete system whether specifically addressed in the technical specifications or not.

B. No modifications to the design, equipment or materials may be made to the paging system without approval from the Director of Learning Information Systems of the Davenport CSD or the Design Professional.

1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal data for paging cabling and components shall consist of catalog cuts showing technical

data necessary to evaluate the materials. 1.04 WORK BY OTHERS A. Unless noted otherwise, the building’s Electrical Contractor will provide field device backboxes if

needed, and conduit paths for use by Contractor. 1.05 FIRESTOPPING A. Contractor shall be responsible for firestopping all conduit sleeves and cable tray where required

to maintain integrity of fire walls. Contractor shall see architectural drawings for walls that require fire rating.

1.06 ACCEPTABLE PAGING CONTRACTORS

A. The contractor shall be one of the following:

1. The Contractor shall be a manufacturer authorized dealer in good standing (for at least six months before project bid date with verifiable documentation) for the products listed below in 2.01.B, ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 PAGING SYSTEMS A. Paging systems shall be provided with all applicable accessories as a system. B. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1. Bosch, PAVIRO Public Address System

Page 224: Davenport Community School District Network Rewire Phase 3 2019 · 2019. 7. 29. · Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019 2 INTENT: It is the

Davenport Community School District DE #19035 Network Refresh Phase 3 - 2019

PAGING SYSTEM

27 5000-2

C. Additional Paging System Requirements:

1. All indoor speakers shall be (1) one zone. 2. All outdoor speakers shall be (1) one zone. 3. Program an "All Call" zone that combines the indoor and outdoor speakers. 4. The End Of Line (EOL) Module shall be used to monitor the integrity of a loudspeaker

line. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install paging systems cables, equipment, and auxiliary materials as indicated in accordance with

manufacturer's written instructions, and recognized industry practices.

1. Contractor shall use hook and loop type fasteners on all paging cable. Tie wraps shall not be used.

2. Contractor shall use provided raceways or Contractor shall install J-hooks for all cabling. No fastening cabling to conduits, piping, equipment, or anything other than Contractor installed J-hooks.

3. All paging cabling shall be homerun, no splicing. B. Identify all paging cables as to field location. 1. Provide manufacturer’s standard vinyl-cloth self-adhesive cable/conductor markers of

wrap-around type; either pre-numbered plastic coated type or write-on type with clear plastic self-adhesive cover flap; numbered to show cable identification. Install within 6" of cable end.

C. After completion, all cables shall be thoroughly tested.

1. Contractor shall provide all instruments for testing the cables. 2. Contractor shall demonstrate in the presence of Owner's representative that the paging

system is complete and operational. 3. Contractor shall complete and submit the Certificate of System Demonstration.

D. After completion, comprehensive As-Builts will be created and provided to Owner within 3 days.

1. Two hard copies shall be provided to Owner detailing the entire paging system after installation. Each field position shall be labeled, and cross referenced to the appropriate head end position for ease of troubleshooting.

3.02 COMMISSIONING A. The Contractor shall coordinate a date/time with the Design Professional Engineer after the

system is fully operational, but before final payment, for the Contractor to provide a full system demonstration. This shall include all aspects of system operation that the user might encounter.

END OF SECTION 27 5000


Top Related